Remove LLVM 8.0.1 files.

1 files changed, 0 insertions, 10504 deletions

diff --git a/gnu/llvm/tools/clang/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp b/gnu/llvm/tools/clang/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 21b6f36e9aa..00000000000
--- a/gnu/llvm/tools/clang/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10504 +0,0 @@
-//===- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes --------------===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file implements the ASTContext interface.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
-#include "CXXABI.h"
-#include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ASTTypeTraits.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
-#include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h"
-#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
-#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
-#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
-#include "clang/AST/RawCommentList.h"
-#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
-#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
-#include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
-#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
-#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
-#include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h"
-#include "clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/CommentOptions.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/FixedPoint.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/ObjCRuntime.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/SanitizerBlacklist.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/TargetCXXABI.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/XRayLists.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include <algorithm>
-#include <cassert>
-#include <cstddef>
-#include <cstdint>
-#include <cstdlib>
-#include <map>
-#include <memory>
-#include <string>
-#include <tuple>
-#include <utility>
-
-using namespace clang;
-
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
-unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
-
-enum FloatingRank {
-  Float16Rank, HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank, Float128Rank
-};
-
-RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const {
-  if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) {
-    ExternalSource->ReadComments();
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
-    assert(std::is_sorted(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
-                          BeforeThanCompare<RawComment>(SourceMgr)));
-#endif
-
-    CommentsLoaded = true;
-  }
-
-  assert(D);
-
-  // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations.
-  if (D->isImplicit())
-    return nullptr;
-
-  // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations.
-  if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
-    if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
-      return nullptr;
-  }
-
-  if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
-    if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
-        VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
-      return nullptr;
-  }
-
-  if (const auto *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
-    if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
-      return nullptr;
-  }
-
-  if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
-    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind();
-    if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
-        TSK == TSK_Undeclared)
-      return nullptr;
-  }
-
-  if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
-    if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
-      return nullptr;
-  }
-  if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
-    // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the
-    // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment
-    if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition())
-      return nullptr;
-  }
-  // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly.
-  if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
-    return nullptr;
-
-  // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template
-  // documentation.
-  if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) ||
-      isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) ||
-      isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D))
-    return nullptr;
-
-  ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
-
-  // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
-  if (RawComments.empty())
-    return nullptr;
-
-  // Find declaration location.
-  // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple
-  // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration
-  // location".
-  // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently,
-  // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location".
-  SourceLocation DeclLoc;
-  if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) ||
-      isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) ||
-      isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) ||
-      isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D))
-    DeclLoc = D->getBeginLoc();
-  else {
-    DeclLoc = D->getLocation();
-    if (DeclLoc.isMacroID()) {
-      if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
-        // If location of the typedef name is in a macro, it is because being
-        // declared via a macro. Try using declaration's starting location as
-        // the "declaration location".
-        DeclLoc = D->getBeginLoc();
-      } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
-        // If location of the tag decl is inside a macro, but the spelling of
-        // the tag name comes from a macro argument, it looks like a special
-        // macro like NS_ENUM is being used to define the tag decl.  In that
-        // case, adjust the source location to the expansion loc so that we can
-        // attach the comment to the tag decl.
-        if (SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(DeclLoc) &&
-            TD->isCompleteDefinition())
-          DeclLoc = SourceMgr.getExpansionLoc(DeclLoc);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
-  // can't find the comment.
-  if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID())
-    return nullptr;
-
-  // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration.
-  ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment;
-  {
-    // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking
-    // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them
-    // first.
-    RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(
-        SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), LangOpts.CommentOpts, false);
-    BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr);
-    ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1;
-    bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
-    if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) {
-      MaybeBeforeDecl--;
-      Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
-    }
-
-    if (Found) {
-      Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1;
-      assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
-                                         &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare));
-    } else {
-      // Slow path.
-      Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
-                                 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the
-  // file buffer.
-  std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc);
-
-  // First check whether we have a trailing comment.
-  if (Comment != RawComments.end() &&
-      ((*Comment)->isDocumentation() || LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments)
-      && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() &&
-      (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D) ||
-       isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D))) {
-    std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp
-      = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin());
-    // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts
-    // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration.
-    if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first &&
-        SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second)
-          == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first,
-                                     CommentBeginDecomp.second)) {
-      return *Comment;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment.
-  // Let's look at the previous comment.
-  if (Comment == RawComments.begin())
-    return nullptr;
-  --Comment;
-
-  // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment.
-  if (!((*Comment)->isDocumentation() ||
-        LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments) ||
-      (*Comment)->isTrailingComment())
-    return nullptr;
-
-  // Decompose the end of the comment.
-  std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp
-    = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd());
-
-  // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
-  // aren't related.
-  if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first)
-    return nullptr;
-
-  // Get the corresponding buffer.
-  bool Invalid = false;
-  const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first,
-                                               &Invalid).data();
-  if (Invalid)
-    return nullptr;
-
-  // Extract text between the comment and declaration.
-  StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second,
-                 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second);
-
-  // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between
-  // comment and declaration.
-  if (Text.find_first_of(";{}#@") != StringRef::npos)
-    return nullptr;
-
-  return *Comment;
-}
-
-/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to
-/// refer to the actual template.
-/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template.
-static const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) {
-  if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
-    // Is this function declaration part of a function template?
-    if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
-      return FTD;
-
-    // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation.
-    if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
-      return D;
-
-    // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template?
-    if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate())
-      return FTD;
-
-    // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
-    if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl =
-            FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
-      return MemberDecl;
-
-    return D;
-  }
-  if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
-    // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class
-    // template?
-    if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
-      if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
-        return MemberDecl;
-
-    return D;
-  }
-  if (const auto *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
-    // Is this class declaration part of a class template?
-    if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
-      return CTD;
-
-    // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial
-    // specialization?
-    if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) {
-      if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
-        return D;
-      llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
-                         ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
-          PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial();
-      return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ?
-          static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) :
-          static_cast<const Decl*>(
-              PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>());
-    }
-
-    // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
-    if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info =
-                   CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
-      return Info->getInstantiatedFrom();
-
-    return D;
-  }
-  if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
-    // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
-    if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum())
-      return MemberDecl;
-
-    return D;
-  }
-  // FIXME: Adjust alias templates?
-  return D;
-}
-
-const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(
-                                                const Decl *D,
-                                                const Decl **OriginalDecl) const {
-  D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
-
-  // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already.
-  {
-    llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
-        RedeclComments.find(D);
-    if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
-      const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
-      if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
-        if (OriginalDecl)
-          *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
-        return Raw.getRaw();
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain.
-  const RawComment *RC = nullptr;
-  const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = nullptr;
-  for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
-    llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
-        RedeclComments.find(I);
-    if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
-      const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
-      if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
-        RC = Raw.getRaw();
-        OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
-        break;
-      }
-    } else {
-      RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(I);
-      OriginalDeclForRC = I;
-      RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
-      if (RC) {
-        // Call order swapped to work around ICE in VS2015 RTM (Release Win32)
-        // https://connect.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/feedback/details/1741530
-        Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl);
-        Raw.setRaw(RC);
-      } else
-        Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl);
-      Raw.setOriginalDecl(I);
-      RedeclComments[I] = Raw;
-      if (RC)
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment.
-  assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation() || LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments);
-
-  if (OriginalDecl)
-    *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC;
-
-  // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain.
-  RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
-  Raw.setRaw(RC);
-  Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl);
-  Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC);
-
-  for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
-    RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[I];
-    if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl)
-      R = Raw;
-  }
-
-  return RC;
-}
-
-static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
-                   SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) {
-  const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext();
-  if (const auto *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) {
-    const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface();
-    if (!ID)
-      return;
-    // Add redeclared method here.
-    for (const auto *Ext : ID->known_extensions()) {
-      if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod =
-            Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
-                                  ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()))
-        Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC,
-                                                    const Decl *D) const {
-  auto *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo;
-  ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D;
-  ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false;
-  ThisDeclInfo->fill();
-  ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl();
-  if (!ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters)
-    ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters = FC->getDeclInfo()->TemplateParameters;
-  comments::FullComment *CFC =
-    new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(),
-                                      ThisDeclInfo);
-  return CFC;
-}
-
-comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const {
-  const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D);
-  return RC ? RC->parse(*this, nullptr, D) : nullptr;
-}
-
-comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(
-                                              const Decl *D,
-                                              const Preprocessor *PP) const {
-  if (D->isInvalidDecl())
-    return nullptr;
-  D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
-
-  const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl();
-  llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos =
-      ParsedComments.find(Canonical);
-
-  if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) {
-    if (Canonical != D) {
-      comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second;
-      comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D);
-      return CFC;
-    }
-    return Pos->second;
-  }
-
-  const Decl *OriginalDecl;
-
-  const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl);
-  if (!RC) {
-    if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
-      SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden;
-      const auto *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
-      if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor())
-        if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl())
-          if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP))
-            return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
-      if (OMD)
-        addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden);
-      getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden);
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++)
-        if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP))
-          return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
-    }
-    else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
-      // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter
-      // does not have one of its own.
-      QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType();
-      if (const auto *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>())
-        if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl())
-          if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP))
-            return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
-    }
-    else if (const auto *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
-      while (IC->getSuperClass()) {
-        IC = IC->getSuperClass();
-        if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP))
-          return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
-      }
-    }
-    else if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) {
-      if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface())
-        if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP))
-          return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
-    }
-    else if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
-      if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition()))
-        return nullptr;
-      // Check non-virtual bases.
-      for (const auto &I : RD->bases()) {
-        if (I.isVirtual() || (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public))
-          continue;
-        QualType Ty = I.getType();
-        if (Ty.isNull())
-          continue;
-        if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
-          if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition()))
-            continue;
-
-          if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP))
-            return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
-        }
-      }
-      // Check virtual bases.
-      for (const auto &I : RD->vbases()) {
-        if (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)
-          continue;
-        QualType Ty = I.getType();
-        if (Ty.isNull())
-          continue;
-        if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
-          if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition()))
-            continue;
-          if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP))
-            return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    return nullptr;
-  }
-
-  // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we
-  // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl.  This is important
-  // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be
-  // different across redeclarations.
-  if (D != OriginalDecl)
-    return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP);
-
-  comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D);
-  ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC;
-  return FC;
-}
-
-void
-ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
-                                               TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
-  ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
-  ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
-  ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
-
-  TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
-  ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
-  for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
-                                          PEnd = Params->end();
-       P != PEnd; ++P) {
-    if (const auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
-      ID.AddInteger(0);
-      ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    if (const auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
-      ID.AddInteger(1);
-      ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
-      ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
-      if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
-        ID.AddBoolean(true);
-        ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
-        for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
-          QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I);
-          ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
-        }
-      } else
-        ID.AddBoolean(false);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    auto *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
-    ID.AddInteger(2);
-    Profile(ID, TTP);
-  }
-}
-
-TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
-ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
-                                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
-  // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
-    = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  if (Canonical)
-    return Canonical->getParam();
-
-  // Build a canonical template parameter list.
-  TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
-  SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
-  CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
-  for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
-                                          PEnd = Params->end();
-       P != PEnd; ++P) {
-    if (const auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
-      CanonParams.push_back(
-                  TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
-                                               SourceLocation(),
-                                               SourceLocation(),
-                                               TTP->getDepth(),
-                                               TTP->getIndex(), nullptr, false,
-                                               TTP->isParameterPack()));
-    else if (const auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
-      QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
-      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
-      NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
-      if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
-        SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
-        SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
-        for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
-          ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
-          ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
-                                getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
-        }
-
-        Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
-                                                SourceLocation(),
-                                                SourceLocation(),
-                                                NTTP->getDepth(),
-                                                NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr,
-                                                T,
-                                                TInfo,
-                                                ExpandedTypes,
-                                                ExpandedTInfos);
-      } else {
-        Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
-                                                SourceLocation(),
-                                                SourceLocation(),
-                                                NTTP->getDepth(),
-                                                NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr,
-                                                T,
-                                                NTTP->isParameterPack(),
-                                                TInfo);
-      }
-      CanonParams.push_back(Param);
-
-    } else
-      CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
-                                           cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
-  }
-
-  assert(!TTP->getRequiresClause() &&
-         "Unexpected requires-clause on template template-parameter");
-  Expr *const CanonRequiresClause = nullptr;
-
-  TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
-    = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
-                                       SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
-                                       TTP->getPosition(),
-                                       TTP->isParameterPack(),
-                                       nullptr,
-                         TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
-                                                       SourceLocation(),
-                                                       CanonParams,
-                                                       SourceLocation(),
-                                                       CanonRequiresClause));
-
-  // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-  Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  assert(!Canonical && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
-  (void)Canonical;
-
-  // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
-  Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
-  CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
-  return CanonTTP;
-}
-
-CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
-  if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return nullptr;
-
-  switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) {
-  case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: // Same as Itanium at this level
-  case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
-  case TargetCXXABI::iOS64:
-  case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS:
-  case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
-  case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS:
-  case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
-  case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly:
-    return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
-  case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
-    return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
-  }
-  llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
-}
-
-static const LangASMap *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
-                                           const LangOptions &LOpts) {
-  if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
-    // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
-    // language-specific address space.
-    static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
-      0, // Default
-      1, // opencl_global
-      3, // opencl_local
-      2, // opencl_constant
-      0, // opencl_private
-      4, // opencl_generic
-      5, // cuda_device
-      6, // cuda_constant
-      7  // cuda_shared
-    };
-    return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
-  } else {
-    return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
-  }
-}
-
-static bool isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(const TargetInfo &TI,
-                                          const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
-  switch (LangOpts.getAddressSpaceMapMangling()) {
-  case LangOptions::ASMM_Target:
-    return TI.useAddressSpaceMapMangling();
-  case LangOptions::ASMM_On:
-    return true;
-  case LangOptions::ASMM_Off:
-    return false;
-  }
-  llvm_unreachable("getAddressSpaceMapMangling() doesn't cover anything.");
-}
-
-ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions &LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
-                       IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
-                       Builtin::Context &builtins)
-    : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
-      DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
-      SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
-      SanitizerBL(new SanitizerBlacklist(LangOpts.SanitizerBlacklistFiles, SM)),
-      XRayFilter(new XRayFunctionFilter(LangOpts.XRayAlwaysInstrumentFiles,
-                                        LangOpts.XRayNeverInstrumentFiles,
-                                        LangOpts.XRayAttrListFiles, SM)),
-      PrintingPolicy(LOpts), Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
-      BuiltinInfo(builtins), DeclarationNames(*this), Comments(SM),
-      CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts),
-      CompCategories(this_()), LastSDM(nullptr, 0) {
-  TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
-  TraversalScope = {TUDecl};
-}
-
-ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
-  // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
-  // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
-  ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
-
-  // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets.
-  for (auto &Pair : Deallocations)
-    (Pair.first)(Pair.second);
-
-  // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
-  // because they can contain DenseMaps.
-  for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
-       const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
-       I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
-    // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
-    if (auto *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout *>((I++)->second))
-      R->Destroy(*this);
-
-  for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
-       I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
-    // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
-    if (auto *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout *>((I++)->second))
-      R->Destroy(*this);
-  }
-
-  for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
-                                                    AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
-       A != AEnd; ++A)
-    A->second->~AttrVec();
-
-  for (std::pair<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, APValue *> &MTVPair :
-       MaterializedTemporaryValues)
-    MTVPair.second->~APValue();
-
-  for (const auto &Value : ModuleInitializers)
-    Value.second->~PerModuleInitializers();
-}
-
-class ASTContext::ParentMap {
-  /// Contains parents of a node.
-  using ParentVector = llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 2>;
-
-  /// Maps from a node to its parents. This is used for nodes that have
-  /// pointer identity only, which are more common and we can save space by
-  /// only storing a unique pointer to them.
-  using ParentMapPointers = llvm::DenseMap<
-      const void *,
-      llvm::PointerUnion4<const Decl *, const Stmt *,
-                          ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *, ParentVector *>>;
-
-  /// Parent map for nodes without pointer identity. We store a full
-  /// DynTypedNode for all keys.
-  using ParentMapOtherNodes = llvm::DenseMap<
-      ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode,
-      llvm::PointerUnion4<const Decl *, const Stmt *,
-                          ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *, ParentVector *>>;
-
-  ParentMapPointers PointerParents;
-  ParentMapOtherNodes OtherParents;
-  class ASTVisitor;
-
-  static ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode
-  getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(ParentMapPointers::mapped_type U) {
-    if (const auto *D = U.dyn_cast<const Decl *>())
-      return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*D);
-    if (const auto *S = U.dyn_cast<const Stmt *>())
-      return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*S);
-    return *U.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
-  }
-
-  template <typename NodeTy, typename MapTy>
-  static ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList getDynNodeFromMap(const NodeTy &Node,
-                                                        const MapTy &Map) {
-    auto I = Map.find(Node);
-    if (I == Map.end()) {
-      return llvm::ArrayRef<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode>();
-    }
-    if (const auto *V = I->second.template dyn_cast<ParentVector *>()) {
-      return llvm::makeArrayRef(*V);
-    }
-    return getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(I->second);
-  }
-
-public:
-  ParentMap(ASTContext &Ctx);
-  ~ParentMap() {
-    for (const auto &Entry : PointerParents) {
-      if (Entry.second.is<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>()) {
-        delete Entry.second.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
-      } else if (Entry.second.is<ParentVector *>()) {
-        delete Entry.second.get<ParentVector *>();
-      }
-    }
-    for (const auto &Entry : OtherParents) {
-      if (Entry.second.is<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>()) {
-        delete Entry.second.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
-      } else if (Entry.second.is<ParentVector *>()) {
-        delete Entry.second.get<ParentVector *>();
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  DynTypedNodeList getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) {
-    if (Node.getNodeKind().hasPointerIdentity())
-      return getDynNodeFromMap(Node.getMemoizationData(), PointerParents);
-    return getDynNodeFromMap(Node, OtherParents);
-  }
-};
-
-void ASTContext::setTraversalScope(const std::vector<Decl *> &TopLevelDecls) {
-  TraversalScope = TopLevelDecls;
-  Parents.reset();
-}
-
-void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
-  Deallocations.push_back({Callback, Data});
-}
-
-void
-ASTContext::setExternalSource(IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ExternalASTSource> Source) {
-  ExternalSource = std::move(Source);
-}
-
-void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
-  llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
-  llvm::errs() << "  " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
-
-  unsigned counts[] = {
-#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
-#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
-#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
-    0 // Extra
-  };
-
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-    Type *T = Types[i];
-    counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
-  }
-
-  unsigned Idx = 0;
-  unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
-#define TYPE(Name, Parent)                                              \
-  if (counts[Idx])                                                      \
-    llvm::errs() << "    " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name               \
-                 << " types, " << sizeof(Name##Type) << " each "        \
-                 << "(" << counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type)             \
-                 << " bytes)\n";                                        \
-  TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type);                       \
-  ++Idx;
-#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
-#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
-
-  llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
-
-  // Implicit special member functions.
-  llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
-               << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
-               << " implicit default constructors created\n";
-  llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
-               << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
-               << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
-  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
-    llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
-                 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
-                 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
-  llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
-               << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
-               << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
-  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
-    llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
-                 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
-                 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
-  llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
-               << NumImplicitDestructors
-               << " implicit destructors created\n";
-
-  if (ExternalSource) {
-    llvm::errs() << "\n";
-    ExternalSource->PrintStats();
-  }
-
-  BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
-}
-
-void ASTContext::mergeDefinitionIntoModule(NamedDecl *ND, Module *M,
-                                           bool NotifyListeners) {
-  if (NotifyListeners)
-    if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener())
-      Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(ND, M);
-
-  MergedDefModules[cast<NamedDecl>(ND->getCanonicalDecl())].push_back(M);
-}
-
-void ASTContext::deduplicateMergedDefinitonsFor(NamedDecl *ND) {
-  auto It = MergedDefModules.find(cast<NamedDecl>(ND->getCanonicalDecl()));
-  if (It == MergedDefModules.end())
-    return;
-
-  auto &Merged = It->second;
-  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> Found;
-  for (Module *&M : Merged)
-    if (!Found.insert(M).second)
-      M = nullptr;
-  Merged.erase(std::remove(Merged.begin(), Merged.end(), nullptr), Merged.end());
-}
-
-void ASTContext::PerModuleInitializers::resolve(ASTContext &Ctx) {
-  if (LazyInitializers.empty())
-    return;
-
-  auto *Source = Ctx.getExternalSource();
-  assert(Source && "lazy initializers but no external source");
-
-  auto LazyInits = std::move(LazyInitializers);
-  LazyInitializers.clear();
-
-  for (auto ID : LazyInits)
-    Initializers.push_back(Source->GetExternalDecl(ID));
-
-  assert(LazyInitializers.empty() &&
-         "GetExternalDecl for lazy module initializer added more inits");
-}
-
-void ASTContext::addModuleInitializer(Module *M, Decl *D) {
-  // One special case: if we add a module initializer that imports another
-  // module, and that module's only initializer is an ImportDecl, simplify.
-  if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ImportDecl>(D)) {
-    auto It = ModuleInitializers.find(ID->getImportedModule());
-
-    // Maybe the ImportDecl does nothing at all. (Common case.)
-    if (It == ModuleInitializers.end())
-      return;
-
-    // Maybe the ImportDecl only imports another ImportDecl.
-    auto &Imported = *It->second;
-    if (Imported.Initializers.size() + Imported.LazyInitializers.size() == 1) {
-      Imported.resolve(*this);
-      auto *OnlyDecl = Imported.Initializers.front();
-      if (isa<ImportDecl>(OnlyDecl))
-        D = OnlyDecl;
-    }
-  }
-
-  auto *&Inits = ModuleInitializers[M];
-  if (!Inits)
-    Inits = new (*this) PerModuleInitializers;
-  Inits->Initializers.push_back(D);
-}
-
-void ASTContext::addLazyModuleInitializers(Module *M, ArrayRef<uint32_t> IDs) {
-  auto *&Inits = ModuleInitializers[M];
-  if (!Inits)
-    Inits = new (*this) PerModuleInitializers;
-  Inits->LazyInitializers.insert(Inits->LazyInitializers.end(),
-                                 IDs.begin(), IDs.end());
-}
-
-ArrayRef<Decl *> ASTContext::getModuleInitializers(Module *M) {
-  auto It = ModuleInitializers.find(M);
-  if (It == ModuleInitializers.end())
-    return None;
-
-  auto *Inits = It->second;
-  Inits->resolve(*this);
-  return Inits->Initializers;
-}
-
-ExternCContextDecl *ASTContext::getExternCContextDecl() const {
-  if (!ExternCContext)
-    ExternCContext = ExternCContextDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl());
-
-  return ExternCContext;
-}
-
-BuiltinTemplateDecl *
-ASTContext::buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BuiltinTemplateKind BTK,
-                                     const IdentifierInfo *II) const {
-  auto *BuiltinTemplate = BuiltinTemplateDecl::Create(*this, TUDecl, II, BTK);
-  BuiltinTemplate->setImplicit();
-  TUDecl->addDecl(BuiltinTemplate);
-
-  return BuiltinTemplate;
-}
-
-BuiltinTemplateDecl *
-ASTContext::getMakeIntegerSeqDecl() const {
-  if (!MakeIntegerSeqDecl)
-    MakeIntegerSeqDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__make_integer_seq,
-                                                  getMakeIntegerSeqName());
-  return MakeIntegerSeqDecl;
-}
-
-BuiltinTemplateDecl *
-ASTContext::getTypePackElementDecl() const {
-  if (!TypePackElementDecl)
-    TypePackElementDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__type_pack_element,
-                                                   getTypePackElementName());
-  return TypePackElementDecl;
-}
-
-RecordDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitRecord(StringRef Name,
-                                            RecordDecl::TagKind TK) const {
-  SourceLocation Loc;
-  RecordDecl *NewDecl;
-  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
-    NewDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc,
-                                    Loc, &Idents.get(Name));
-  else
-    NewDecl = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc, Loc,
-                                 &Idents.get(Name));
-  NewDecl->setImplicit();
-  NewDecl->addAttr(TypeVisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(
-      const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), TypeVisibilityAttr::Default));
-  return NewDecl;
-}
-
-TypedefDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitTypedef(QualType T,
-                                              StringRef Name) const {
-  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
-  TypedefDecl *NewDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(
-      const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), getTranslationUnitDecl(),
-      SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(Name), TInfo);
-  NewDecl->setImplicit();
-  return NewDecl;
-}
-
-TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
-  if (!Int128Decl)
-    Int128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(Int128Ty, "__int128_t");
-  return Int128Decl;
-}
-
-TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
-  if (!UInt128Decl)
-    UInt128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(UnsignedInt128Ty, "__uint128_t");
-  return UInt128Decl;
-}
-
-void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
-  auto *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
-  R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
-  Types.push_back(Ty);
-}
-
-void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target,
-                                  const TargetInfo *AuxTarget) {
-  assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
-         "Incorrect target reinitialization");
-  assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
-
-  this->Target = &Target;
-  this->AuxTarget = AuxTarget;
-
-  ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
-  AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
-  AddrSpaceMapMangling = isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(Target, LangOpts);
-
-  // C99 6.2.5p19.
-  InitBuiltinType(VoidTy,              BuiltinType::Void);
-
-  // C99 6.2.5p2.
-  InitBuiltinType(BoolTy,              BuiltinType::Bool);
-  // C99 6.2.5p3.
-  if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
-    InitBuiltinType(CharTy,            BuiltinType::Char_S);
-  else
-    InitBuiltinType(CharTy,            BuiltinType::Char_U);
-  // C99 6.2.5p4.
-  InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy,        BuiltinType::SChar);
-  InitBuiltinType(ShortTy,             BuiltinType::Short);
-  InitBuiltinType(IntTy,               BuiltinType::Int);
-  InitBuiltinType(LongTy,              BuiltinType::Long);
-  InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy,          BuiltinType::LongLong);
-
-  // C99 6.2.5p6.
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy,      BuiltinType::UChar);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy,     BuiltinType::UShort);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy,       BuiltinType::UInt);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy,      BuiltinType::ULong);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy,  BuiltinType::ULongLong);
-
-  // C99 6.2.5p10.
-  InitBuiltinType(FloatTy,             BuiltinType::Float);
-  InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy,            BuiltinType::Double);
-  InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy,        BuiltinType::LongDouble);
-
-  // GNU extension, __float128 for IEEE quadruple precision
-  InitBuiltinType(Float128Ty,          BuiltinType::Float128);
-
-  // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661-3
-  InitBuiltinType(Float16Ty,           BuiltinType::Float16);
-
-  // ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169 Extension
-  InitBuiltinType(ShortAccumTy,            BuiltinType::ShortAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(AccumTy,                 BuiltinType::Accum);
-  InitBuiltinType(LongAccumTy,             BuiltinType::LongAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortAccumTy,    BuiltinType::UShortAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedAccumTy,         BuiltinType::UAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongAccumTy,     BuiltinType::ULongAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(ShortFractTy,            BuiltinType::ShortFract);
-  InitBuiltinType(FractTy,                 BuiltinType::Fract);
-  InitBuiltinType(LongFractTy,             BuiltinType::LongFract);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortFractTy,    BuiltinType::UShortFract);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedFractTy,         BuiltinType::UFract);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongFractTy,     BuiltinType::ULongFract);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatShortAccumTy,         BuiltinType::SatShortAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatAccumTy,              BuiltinType::SatAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatLongAccumTy,          BuiltinType::SatLongAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedShortAccumTy, BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedAccumTy,      BuiltinType::SatUAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedLongAccumTy,  BuiltinType::SatULongAccum);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatShortFractTy,         BuiltinType::SatShortFract);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatFractTy,              BuiltinType::SatFract);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatLongFractTy,          BuiltinType::SatLongFract);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedShortFractTy, BuiltinType::SatUShortFract);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedFractTy,      BuiltinType::SatUFract);
-  InitBuiltinType(SatUnsignedLongFractTy,  BuiltinType::SatULongFract);
-
-  // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
-  InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty,            BuiltinType::Int128);
-  InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty,    BuiltinType::UInt128);
-
-  // C++ 3.9.1p5
-  if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
-    InitBuiltinType(WCharTy,           BuiltinType::WChar_S);
-  else  // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
-    InitBuiltinType(WCharTy,           BuiltinType::WChar_U);
-  if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar)
-    WideCharTy = WCharTy;
-  else {
-    // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar).
-    WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
-  }
-
-  WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType());
-
-  // C++20 (proposed)
-  InitBuiltinType(Char8Ty,              BuiltinType::Char8);
-
-  if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
-    InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty,           BuiltinType::Char16);
-  else // C99
-    Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
-
-  if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
-    InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty,           BuiltinType::Char32);
-  else // C99
-    Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
-
-  // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
-  // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
-  // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
-  // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
-  // expressions.
-  InitBuiltinType(DependentTy,         BuiltinType::Dependent);
-
-  // Placeholder type for functions.
-  InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy,          BuiltinType::Overload);
-
-  // Placeholder type for bound members.
-  InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy,       BuiltinType::BoundMember);
-
-  // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
-  InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy,      BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
-
-  // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
-  InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy,        BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
-
-  // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
-  InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy,  BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
-
-  // Placeholder type for builtin functions.
-  InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy,  BuiltinType::BuiltinFn);
-
-  // Placeholder type for OMP array sections.
-  if (LangOpts.OpenMP)
-    InitBuiltinType(OMPArraySectionTy, BuiltinType::OMPArraySection);
-
-  // C99 6.2.5p11.
-  FloatComplexTy      = getComplexType(FloatTy);
-  DoubleComplexTy     = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
-  LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
-  Float128ComplexTy   = getComplexType(Float128Ty);
-
-  // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
-  InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
-  InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
-  InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
-
-  if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
-#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
-    InitBuiltinType(SingletonId, BuiltinType::Id);
-#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
-
-    InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
-    InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
-    InitBuiltinType(OCLClkEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
-    InitBuiltinType(OCLQueueTy, BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
-    InitBuiltinType(OCLReserveIDTy, BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
-
-#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
-    InitBuiltinType(Id##Ty, BuiltinType::Id);
-#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
-  }
-
-  // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no
-  ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ?
-                       SignedCharTy : BoolTy);
-
-  ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
-
-  ObjCSuperType = QualType();
-
-  // void * type
-  if (LangOpts.OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
-    auto Q = VoidTy.getQualifiers();
-    Q.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_generic);
-    VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(
-        getQualifiedType(VoidTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Q)));
-  } else {
-    VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
-  }
-
-  // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
-  InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy,           BuiltinType::NullPtr);
-
-  // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
-  InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
-
-  // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list.
-  VaListTagDecl = nullptr;
-}
-
-DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
-  return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
-}
-
-AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
-  AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
-  if (!Result) {
-    void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
-    Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
-  }
-
-  return *Result;
-}
-
-/// Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
-void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
-  llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
-  if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
-    Pos->second->~AttrVec();
-    DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
-  }
-}
-
-// FIXME: Remove ?
-MemberSpecializationInfo *
-ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
-  assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
-  return getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Var)
-      .dyn_cast<MemberSpecializationInfo *>();
-}
-
-ASTContext::TemplateOrSpecializationInfo
-ASTContext::getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(const VarDecl *Var) {
-  llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, TemplateOrSpecializationInfo>::iterator Pos =
-      TemplateOrInstantiation.find(Var);
-  if (Pos == TemplateOrInstantiation.end())
-    return {};
-
-  return Pos->second;
-}
-
-void
-ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
-                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
-                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
-  assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
-  assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
-  setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Inst, new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(
-                                            Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation));
-}
-
-void
-ASTContext::setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(VarDecl *Inst,
-                                            TemplateOrSpecializationInfo TSI) {
-  assert(!TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] &&
-         "Already noted what the variable was instantiated from");
-  TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] = TSI;
-}
-
-FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
-                                                     const FunctionDecl *FD){
-  assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
-  llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
-    = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
-  if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
-    return nullptr;
-
-  return Pos->second;
-}
-
-void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
-                                        FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
-  assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
-  assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
-  ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
-}
-
-NamedDecl *
-ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(NamedDecl *UUD) {
-  auto Pos = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
-  if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
-    return nullptr;
-
-  return Pos->second;
-}
-
-void
-ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(NamedDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
-  assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
-          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
-          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
-         "pattern decl is not a using decl");
-  assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Inst) ||
-          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Inst) ||
-          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Inst)) &&
-         "instantiation did not produce a using decl");
-  assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
-  InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
-}
-
-UsingShadowDecl *
-ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
-  llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
-    = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
-  if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
-    return nullptr;
-
-  return Pos->second;
-}
-
-void
-ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
-                                               UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
-  assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
-  InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
-}
-
-FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
-  llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
-    = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
-  if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
-    return nullptr;
-
-  return Pos->second;
-}
-
-void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
-                                                     FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
-  assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
-  assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
-  assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
-         "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
-
-  InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
-}
-
-ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
-ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
-  return overridden_methods(Method).begin();
-}
-
-ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
-ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
-  return overridden_methods(Method).end();
-}
-
-unsigned
-ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
-  auto Range = overridden_methods(Method);
-  return Range.end() - Range.begin();
-}
-
-ASTContext::overridden_method_range
-ASTContext::overridden_methods(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
-  llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos =
-      OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
-  if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
-    return overridden_method_range(nullptr, nullptr);
-  return overridden_method_range(Pos->second.begin(), Pos->second.end());
-}
-
-void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
-                                     const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
-  assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl());
-  OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
-}
-
-void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods(
-                      const NamedDecl *D,
-                      SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const {
-  assert(D);
-
-  if (const auto *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
-    Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod),
-                      overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod));
-    return;
-  }
-
-  const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
-  if (!Method)
-    return;
-
-  SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls;
-  Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls);
-  Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end());
-}
-
-void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
-  assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
-  assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
-  if (!FirstLocalImport) {
-    FirstLocalImport = Import;
-    LastLocalImport = Import;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
-  LastLocalImport = Import;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                         Type Sizing and Analysis
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
-/// scalar floating point type.
-const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
-  const auto *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
-  assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
-  switch (BT->getKind()) {
-  default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
-  case BuiltinType::Float16:
-  case BuiltinType::Half:
-    return Target->getHalfFormat();
-  case BuiltinType::Float:      return Target->getFloatFormat();
-  case BuiltinType::Double:     return Target->getDoubleFormat();
-  case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
-  case BuiltinType::Float128:   return Target->getFloat128Format();
-  }
-}
-
-CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof) const {
-  unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
-
-  bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
-  if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
-    Align = AlignFromAttr;
-
-    // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
-    // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
-    // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
-    //
-    // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
-    // ignore that possibility;  Sema should diagnose it.
-    if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
-      UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
-        cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
-    } else {
-      UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
-    }
-  }
-  else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
-      UseAlignAttrOnly =
-        D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
-        cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
-
-  // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
-  // else about the declaration and its type.
-  if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
-    // do nothing
-  } else if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
-    QualType T = VD->getType();
-    if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
-      if (ForAlignof)
-        T = RT->getPointeeType();
-      else
-        T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
-    }
-    QualType BaseT = getBaseElementType(T);
-    if (T->isFunctionType())
-      Align = getTypeInfoImpl(T.getTypePtr()).Align;
-    else if (!BaseT->isIncompleteType()) {
-      // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
-      // large-array alignment on the target.
-      if (const ArrayType *arrayType = getAsArrayType(T)) {
-        unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
-        if (!ForAlignof && MinWidth) {
-          if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
-            Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
-          else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
-                   MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
-            Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
-        }
-      }
-      Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
-      if (BaseT.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
-        Align = Target->getCharWidth();
-      if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
-        if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !ForAlignof)
-          Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign());
-      }
-    }
-
-    // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
-    // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
-    // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack).  So calculate
-    // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
-    // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
-    if (const auto *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
-      const RecordDecl *Parent = Field->getParent();
-      // We can only produce a sensible answer if the record is valid.
-      if (!Parent->isInvalidDecl()) {
-        const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(Parent);
-
-        // Start with the record's overall alignment.
-        unsigned FieldAlign = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
-
-        // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
-        uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(Field->getFieldIndex());
-        if (Offset > 0) {
-          // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
-          // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
-          uint64_t LowBitOfOffset = Offset & (~Offset + 1);
-          if (LowBitOfOffset < FieldAlign)
-            FieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(LowBitOfOffset);
-        }
-
-        Align = std::min(Align, FieldAlign);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
-}
-
-// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in
-// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned.  This is
-// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type
-// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator.
-std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
-ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
-  std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T);
-
-  // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding
-  // of a base-class subobject.  We decide whether that's possible
-  // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results.
-  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
-    if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-      const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
-      sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize();
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sizeAndAlign;
-}
-
-/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits
-/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays.
-std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
-static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context,
-                                   const ConstantArrayType *CAT) {
-  std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo =
-      Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType());
-  uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
-  assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <=
-              (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) &&
-         "Overflow in array type char size evaluation");
-  uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size;
-  unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity();
-  if (!Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() ||
-      Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64)
-    Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align);
-  return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width),
-                        CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align));
-}
-
-std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
-ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
-  if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T))
-    return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT);
-  TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(T);
-  return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Width),
-                        toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align));
-}
-
-std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
-ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
-  return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(const Type *T) const {
-  return getTypeInfo(T).AlignIsRequired;
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(QualType T) const {
-  return isAlignmentRequired(T.getTypePtr());
-}
-
-unsigned ASTContext::getTypeAlignIfKnown(QualType T) const {
-  // An alignment on a typedef overrides anything else.
-  if (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>())
-    if (unsigned Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment())
-      return Align;
-
-  // If we have an (array of) complete type, we're done.
-  T = getBaseElementType(T);
-  if (!T->isIncompleteType())
-    return getTypeAlign(T);
-
-  // If we had an array type, its element type might be a typedef
-  // type with an alignment attribute.
-  if (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>())
-    if (unsigned Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment())
-      return Align;
-
-  // Otherwise, see if the declaration of the type had an attribute.
-  if (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TagType>())
-    return TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment();
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
-  TypeInfoMap::iterator I = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T);
-  if (I != MemoizedTypeInfo.end())
-    return I->second;
-
-  // This call can invalidate MemoizedTypeInfo[T], so we need a second lookup.
-  TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfoImpl(T);
-  MemoizedTypeInfo[T] = TI;
-  return TI;
-}
-
-/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits.  This
-/// method does not work on incomplete types.
-///
-/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
-/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
-/// should take a QualType, &c.
-TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const {
-  uint64_t Width = 0;
-  unsigned Align = 8;
-  bool AlignIsRequired = false;
-  unsigned AS = 0;
-  switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
-#define TYPE(Class, Base)
-#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
-#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
-#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
-#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)                       \
-  case Type::Class:                                                            \
-  assert(!T->isDependentType() && "should not see dependent types here");      \
-  return getTypeInfo(cast<Class##Type>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr());
-#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
-    llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
-
-  case Type::FunctionNoProto:
-  case Type::FunctionProto:
-    // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
-    Width = 0;
-    Align = 32;
-    break;
-
-  case Type::IncompleteArray:
-  case Type::VariableArray:
-    Width = 0;
-    Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
-    break;
-
-  case Type::ConstantArray: {
-    const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
-
-    TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
-    uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
-    assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.Width <= (uint64_t)(-1) / Size) &&
-           "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
-    Width = EltInfo.Width * Size;
-    Align = EltInfo.Align;
-    if (!getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() ||
-        getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64)
-      Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align);
-    break;
-  }
-  case Type::ExtVector:
-  case Type::Vector: {
-    const auto *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
-    TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
-    Width = EltInfo.Width * VT->getNumElements();
-    Align = Width;
-    // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
-    // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
-    if (Align & (Align-1)) {
-      Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
-      Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align);
-    }
-    // Adjust the alignment based on the target max.
-    uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign();
-    if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align)
-      Align = TargetVectorAlign;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case Type::Builtin:
-    switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
-    default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
-    case BuiltinType::Void:
-      // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
-      Width = 0;
-      Align = 8;
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Bool:
-      Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
-      Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Char_S:
-    case BuiltinType::Char_U:
-    case BuiltinType::UChar:
-    case BuiltinType::SChar:
-    case BuiltinType::Char8:
-      Width = Target->getCharWidth();
-      Align = Target->getCharAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
-    case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
-      Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
-      Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Char16:
-      Width = Target->getChar16Width();
-      Align = Target->getChar16Align();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Char32:
-      Width = Target->getChar32Width();
-      Align = Target->getChar32Align();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::UShort:
-    case BuiltinType::Short:
-      Width = Target->getShortWidth();
-      Align = Target->getShortAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::UInt:
-    case BuiltinType::Int:
-      Width = Target->getIntWidth();
-      Align = Target->getIntAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::ULong:
-    case BuiltinType::Long:
-      Width = Target->getLongWidth();
-      Align = Target->getLongAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
-    case BuiltinType::LongLong:
-      Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
-      Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Int128:
-    case BuiltinType::UInt128:
-      Width = 128;
-      Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::ShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::UShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum:
-      Width = Target->getShortAccumWidth();
-      Align = Target->getShortAccumAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Accum:
-    case BuiltinType::UAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUAccum:
-      Width = Target->getAccumWidth();
-      Align = Target->getAccumAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::LongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::ULongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum:
-      Width = Target->getLongAccumWidth();
-      Align = Target->getLongAccumAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::ShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::UShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract:
-      Width = Target->getShortFractWidth();
-      Align = Target->getShortFractAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Fract:
-    case BuiltinType::UFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUFract:
-      Width = Target->getFractWidth();
-      Align = Target->getFractAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::LongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::ULongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatLongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatULongFract:
-      Width = Target->getLongFractWidth();
-      Align = Target->getLongFractAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Float16:
-    case BuiltinType::Half:
-      Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
-      Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Float:
-      Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
-      Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Double:
-      Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
-      Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
-      Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
-      Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::Float128:
-      Width = Target->getFloat128Width();
-      Align = Target->getFloat128Align();
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
-      Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
-      Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); //   == sizeof(void*)
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
-    case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
-    case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
-      Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
-      Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
-      break;
-    case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
-    case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
-    case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
-    case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
-    case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
-#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
-    case BuiltinType::Id:
-#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
-#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
-  case BuiltinType::Id:
-#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
-      AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
-          Target->getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(getOpenCLTypeKind(T)));
-      Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
-      Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
-      break;
-    }
-    break;
-  case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
-    Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
-    Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
-    break;
-  case Type::BlockPointer:
-    AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
-    Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
-    Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
-    break;
-  case Type::LValueReference:
-  case Type::RValueReference:
-    // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
-    // the pointer route.
-    AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
-    Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
-    Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
-    break;
-  case Type::Pointer:
-    AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
-    Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
-    Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
-    break;
-  case Type::MemberPointer: {
-    const auto *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
-    CXXABI::MemberPointerInfo MPI = ABI->getMemberPointerInfo(MPT);
-    Width = MPI.Width;
-    Align = MPI.Align;
-    break;
-  }
-  case Type::Complex: {
-    // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
-    // size.
-    TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
-    Width = EltInfo.Width * 2;
-    Align = EltInfo.Align;
-    break;
-  }
-  case Type::ObjCObject:
-    return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
-  case Type::Adjusted:
-  case Type::Decayed:
-    return getTypeInfo(cast<AdjustedType>(T)->getAdjustedType().getTypePtr());
-  case Type::ObjCInterface: {
-    const auto *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
-    const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
-    Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
-    Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
-    break;
-  }
-  case Type::Record:
-  case Type::Enum: {
-    const auto *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
-
-    if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
-      Width = 8;
-      Align = 8;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) {
-      const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl();
-      TypeInfo Info =
-          getTypeInfo(ED->getIntegerType()->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
-      if (unsigned AttrAlign = ED->getMaxAlignment()) {
-        Info.Align = AttrAlign;
-        Info.AlignIsRequired = true;
-      }
-      return Info;
-    }
-
-    const auto *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
-    const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
-    const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RD);
-    Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
-    Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
-    AlignIsRequired = RD->hasAttr<AlignedAttr>();
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
-    return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
-                       getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
-
-  case Type::Auto:
-  case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: {
-    const auto *A = cast<DeducedType>(T);
-    assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() &&
-           "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type");
-    return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
-  }
-
-  case Type::Paren:
-    return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
-
-  case Type::ObjCTypeParam:
-    return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCTypeParamType>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr());
-
-  case Type::Typedef: {
-    const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
-    TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
-    // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
-    // alignment we have.  This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
-    // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
-    if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) {
-      Align = AttrAlign;
-      AlignIsRequired = true;
-    } else {
-      Align = Info.Align;
-      AlignIsRequired = Info.AlignIsRequired;
-    }
-    Width = Info.Width;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case Type::Elaborated:
-    return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
-
-  case Type::Attributed:
-    return getTypeInfo(
-                  cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
-
-  case Type::Atomic: {
-    // Start with the base type information.
-    TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
-    Width = Info.Width;
-    Align = Info.Align;
-
-    if (!Width) {
-      // An otherwise zero-sized type should still generate an
-      // atomic operation.
-      Width = Target->getCharWidth();
-      assert(Align);
-    } else if (Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) {
-      // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max
-      // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more
-      // favorable to atomic operations:
-
-      // Round the size up to a power of 2.
-      if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
-        Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width);
-
-      // Set the alignment equal to the size.
-      Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-  case Type::Pipe:
-    Width = Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global));
-    Align = Target->getPointerAlign(getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global));
-    break;
-  }
-
-  assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
-  return TypeInfo(Width, Align, AlignIsRequired);
-}
-
-unsigned ASTContext::getTypeUnadjustedAlign(const Type *T) const {
-  UnadjustedAlignMap::iterator I = MemoizedUnadjustedAlign.find(T);
-  if (I != MemoizedUnadjustedAlign.end())
-    return I->second;
-
-  unsigned UnadjustedAlign;
-  if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-    const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
-    const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RD);
-    UnadjustedAlign = toBits(Layout.getUnadjustedAlignment());
-  } else if (const auto *ObjCI = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
-    const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
-    UnadjustedAlign = toBits(Layout.getUnadjustedAlignment());
-  } else {
-    UnadjustedAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
-  }
-
-  MemoizedUnadjustedAlign[T] = UnadjustedAlign;
-  return UnadjustedAlign;
-}
-
-unsigned ASTContext::getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(QualType T) const {
-  unsigned SimdAlign = getTargetInfo().getSimdDefaultAlign();
-  // Target ppc64 with QPX: simd default alignment for pointer to double is 32.
-  if ((getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64 ||
-       getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64le) &&
-      getTargetInfo().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx" &&
-      T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
-    SimdAlign = 256;
-  return SimdAlign;
-}
-
-/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
-CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
-  return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
-}
-
-/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
-int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
-  return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
-}
-
-/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
-/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
-CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
-  return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first;
-}
-CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
-  return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first;
-}
-
-/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
-/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
-CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
-  return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
-}
-CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
-  return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
-}
-
-/// getTypeUnadjustedAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a
-/// type, in characters, before alignment adustments. This method does
-/// not work on incomplete types.
-CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeUnadjustedAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
-  return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeUnadjustedAlign(T));
-}
-CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeUnadjustedAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
-  return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeUnadjustedAlign(T));
-}
-
-/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
-/// type for the current target in bits.  This can be different than the ABI
-/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
-/// a data type.
-unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
-  TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfo(T);
-  unsigned ABIAlign = TI.Align;
-
-  T = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
-
-  // The preferred alignment of member pointers is that of a pointer.
-  if (T->isMemberPointerType())
-    return getPreferredTypeAlign(getPointerDiffType().getTypePtr());
-
-  if (!Target->allowsLargerPreferedTypeAlignment())
-    return ABIAlign;
-
-  // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
-  if (const auto *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
-    T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
-  if (const auto *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
-    T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr();
-  if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
-      T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
-      T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong))
-    // Don't increase the alignment if an alignment attribute was specified on a
-    // typedef declaration.
-    if (!TI.AlignIsRequired)
-      return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
-
-  return ABIAlign;
-}
-
-/// getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned - Return the default alignment
-/// for __attribute__((aligned)) on this target, to be used if no alignment
-/// value is specified.
-unsigned ASTContext::getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned() const {
-  return getTargetInfo().getDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned();
-}
-
-/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given
-/// to a global variable of the specified type.
-unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const {
-  return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign());
-}
-
-/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that
-/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type.
-CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const {
-  return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T));
-}
-
-CharUnits ASTContext::getOffsetOfBaseWithVBPtr(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
-  CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::Zero();
-  const ASTRecordLayout *Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(RD);
-  while (const CXXRecordDecl *Base = Layout->getBaseSharingVBPtr()) {
-    Offset += Layout->getBaseClassOffset(Base);
-    Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(Base);
-  }
-  return Offset;
-}
-
-/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
-/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
-/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
-/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
-/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
-void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
-                                      bool leafClass,
-                            SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
-  if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
-    DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
-  if (!leafClass) {
-    for (const auto *I : OI->ivars())
-      Ivars.push_back(I);
-  } else {
-    auto *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
-    for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
-         Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
-      Ivars.push_back(Iv);
-  }
-}
-
-/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
-/// those inherited by it.
-void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
-                          llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
-  if (const auto *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
-    // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
-    // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
-    for (auto *Proto : OI->all_referenced_protocols()) {
-      CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols);
-    }
-
-    // Categories of this Interface.
-    for (const auto *Cat : OI->visible_categories())
-      CollectInheritedProtocols(Cat, Protocols);
-
-    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
-      while (SD) {
-        CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
-        SD = SD->getSuperClass();
-      }
-  } else if (const auto *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
-    for (auto *Proto : OC->protocols()) {
-      CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols);
-    }
-  } else if (const auto *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
-    // Insert the protocol.
-    if (!Protocols.insert(
-          const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(OP->getCanonicalDecl())).second)
-      return;
-
-    for (auto *Proto : OP->protocols())
-      CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols);
-  }
-}
-
-static bool unionHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(const ASTContext &Context,
-                                                const RecordDecl *RD) {
-  assert(RD->isUnion() && "Must be union type");
-  CharUnits UnionSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(RD->getTypeForDecl());
-
-  for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
-    if (!Context.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(Field->getType()))
-      return false;
-    CharUnits FieldSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Field->getType());
-    if (FieldSize != UnionSize)
-      return false;
-  }
-  return !RD->field_empty();
-}
-
-static bool isStructEmpty(QualType Ty) {
-  const RecordDecl *RD = Ty->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
-
-  if (!RD->field_empty())
-    return false;
-
-  if (const auto *ClassDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
-    return ClassDecl->isEmpty();
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-static llvm::Optional<int64_t>
-structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(const ASTContext &Context,
-                                     const RecordDecl *RD) {
-  assert(!RD->isUnion() && "Must be struct/class type");
-  const auto &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
-
-  int64_t CurOffsetInBits = 0;
-  if (const auto *ClassDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
-    if (ClassDecl->isDynamicClass())
-      return llvm::None;
-
-    SmallVector<std::pair<QualType, int64_t>, 4> Bases;
-    for (const auto Base : ClassDecl->bases()) {
-      // Empty types can be inherited from, and non-empty types can potentially
-      // have tail padding, so just make sure there isn't an error.
-      if (!isStructEmpty(Base.getType())) {
-        llvm::Optional<int64_t> Size = structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(
-            Context, Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
-        if (!Size)
-          return llvm::None;
-        Bases.emplace_back(Base.getType(), Size.getValue());
-      }
-    }
-
-    llvm::sort(Bases, [&](const std::pair<QualType, int64_t> &L,
-                          const std::pair<QualType, int64_t> &R) {
-      return Layout.getBaseClassOffset(L.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) <
-             Layout.getBaseClassOffset(R.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
-    });
-
-    for (const auto Base : Bases) {
-      int64_t BaseOffset = Context.toBits(
-          Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl()));
-      int64_t BaseSize = Base.second;
-      if (BaseOffset != CurOffsetInBits)
-        return llvm::None;
-      CurOffsetInBits = BaseOffset + BaseSize;
-    }
-  }
-
-  for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
-    if (!Field->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
-        !Context.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(Field->getType()))
-      return llvm::None;
-
-    int64_t FieldSizeInBits =
-        Context.toBits(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Field->getType()));
-    if (Field->isBitField()) {
-      int64_t BitfieldSize = Field->getBitWidthValue(Context);
-
-      if (BitfieldSize > FieldSizeInBits)
-        return llvm::None;
-      FieldSizeInBits = BitfieldSize;
-    }
-
-    int64_t FieldOffsetInBits = Context.getFieldOffset(Field);
-
-    if (FieldOffsetInBits != CurOffsetInBits)
-      return llvm::None;
-
-    CurOffsetInBits = FieldSizeInBits + FieldOffsetInBits;
-  }
-
-  return CurOffsetInBits;
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(QualType Ty) const {
-  // C++17 [meta.unary.prop]:
-  //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
-  //   has_unique_object_representations<T> shall be
-  //   satisfied if and only if:
-  //     (9.1) - T is trivially copyable, and
-  //     (9.2) - any two objects of type T with the same value have the same
-  //     object representation, where two objects
-  //   of array or non-union class type are considered to have the same value
-  //   if their respective sequences of
-  //   direct subobjects have the same values, and two objects of union type
-  //   are considered to have the same
-  //   value if they have the same active member and the corresponding members
-  //   have the same value.
-  //   The set of scalar types for which this condition holds is
-  //   implementation-defined. [ Note: If a type has padding
-  //   bits, the condition does not hold; otherwise, the condition holds true
-  //   for unsigned integral types. -- end note ]
-  assert(!Ty.isNull() && "Null QualType sent to unique object rep check");
-
-  // Arrays are unique only if their element type is unique.
-  if (Ty->isArrayType())
-    return hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(getBaseElementType(Ty));
-
-  // (9.1) - T is trivially copyable...
-  if (!Ty.isTriviallyCopyableType(*this))
-    return false;
-
-  // All integrals and enums are unique.
-  if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
-    return true;
-
-  // All other pointers are unique.
-  if (Ty->isPointerType())
-    return true;
-
-  if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
-    const auto *MPT = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
-    return !ABI->getMemberPointerInfo(MPT).HasPadding;
-  }
-
-  if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
-    const RecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
-
-    if (Record->isInvalidDecl())
-      return false;
-
-    if (Record->isUnion())
-      return unionHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(*this, Record);
-
-    Optional<int64_t> StructSize =
-        structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(*this, Record);
-
-    return StructSize &&
-           StructSize.getValue() == static_cast<int64_t>(getTypeSize(Ty));
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: More cases to handle here (list by rsmith):
-  // vectors (careful about, eg, vector of 3 foo)
-  // _Complex int and friends
-  // _Atomic T
-  // Obj-C block pointers
-  // Obj-C object pointers
-  // and perhaps OpenCL's various builtin types (pipe, sampler_t, event_t,
-  // clk_event_t, queue_t, reserve_id_t)
-  // There're also Obj-C class types and the Obj-C selector type, but I think it
-  // makes sense for those to return false here.
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
-  unsigned count = 0;
-  // Count ivars declared in class extension.
-  for (const auto *Ext : OI->known_extensions())
-    count += Ext->ivar_size();
-
-  // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation.  This
-  // includes synthesized ivars.
-  if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
-    count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
-
-  return count;
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) {
-  if (!E)
-    return false;
-
-  // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
-  if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true;
-
-  if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
-      E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this,
-                                                Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
-    return true;
-
-  // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
-  if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl, or nullptr if none
-/// exists.
-ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
-  llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
-    I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
-  if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
-    return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
-  return nullptr;
-}
-
-/// Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or nullptr if none
-/// exists.
-ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
-  llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
-    I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
-  if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
-    return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
-  return nullptr;
-}
-
-/// Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
-void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
-                           ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
-  assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
-  ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
-}
-
-/// Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
-void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
-                           ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
-  assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
-  ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
-}
-
-const ObjCMethodDecl *
-ASTContext::getObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) const {
-  return ObjCMethodRedecls.lookup(MD);
-}
-
-void ASTContext::setObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
-                                            const ObjCMethodDecl *Redecl) {
-  assert(!getObjCMethodRedeclaration(MD) && "MD already has a redeclaration");
-  ObjCMethodRedecls[MD] = Redecl;
-}
-
-const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(
-                                              const NamedDecl *ND) const {
-  if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
-    return ID;
-  if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
-    return CD->getClassInterface();
-  if (const auto *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
-    return IMD->getClassInterface();
-
-  return nullptr;
-}
-
-/// Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl, or nullptr if
-/// none exists.
-ASTContext::BlockVarCopyInit
-ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInit(const VarDecl*VD) const {
-  assert(VD && "Passed null params");
-  assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
-         "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
-  auto I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
-  if (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end())
-    return I->second;
-  return {nullptr, false};
-}
-
-/// Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
-void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInit(const VarDecl*VD, Expr *CopyExpr,
-                                     bool CanThrow) {
-  assert(VD && CopyExpr && "Passed null params");
-  assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
-         "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
-  BlockVarCopyInits[VD].setExprAndFlag(CopyExpr, CanThrow);
-}
-
-TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
-                                                 unsigned DataSize) const {
-  if (!DataSize)
-    DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
-  else
-    assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
-           "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
-
-  auto *TInfo =
-    (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
-  new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
-  return TInfo;
-}
-
-TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
-                                                     SourceLocation L) const {
-  TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
-  DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
-  return DI;
-}
-
-const ASTRecordLayout &
-ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
-  return getObjCLayout(D, nullptr);
-}
-
-const ASTRecordLayout &
-ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
-                                        const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
-  return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                   Type creation/memoization methods
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-QualType
-ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
-  unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
-  quals.removeFastQualifiers();
-
-  // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
-  void *insertPos = nullptr;
-  if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
-    assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
-    return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
-  }
-
-  // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
-  QualType canon;
-  if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
-    SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
-    canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
-    canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals);
-
-    // Re-find the insert position.
-    (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
-  }
-
-  auto *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
-  ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
-  return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T,
-                                          LangAS AddressSpace) const {
-  QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
-  if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
-    return T;
-
-  // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
-  // into one ExtQuals node.
-  QualifierCollector Quals;
-  const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
-
-  // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
-  // another one.
-  assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
-         "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
-  Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
-
-  return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::removeAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T) const {
-  // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
-  // into one ExtQuals node.
-  QualifierCollector Quals;
-  const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
-
-  // If the qualifier doesn't have an address space just return it.
-  if (!Quals.hasAddressSpace())
-    return T;
-
-  Quals.removeAddressSpace();
-
-  // Removal of the address space can mean there are no longer any
-  // non-fast qualifiers, so creating an ExtQualType isn't possible (asserts)
-  // or required.
-  if (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers())
-    return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
-  else
-    return QualType(TypeNode, Quals.getFastQualifiers());
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
-                                       Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
-  QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
-  if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
-    return T;
-
-  if (const auto *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
-    QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
-    if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
-      QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
-      return getPointerType(ResultType);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
-  // into one ExtQuals node.
-  QualifierCollector Quals;
-  const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
-
-  // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
-  // another one.
-  assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
-         "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
-  Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
-
-  return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
-}
-
-const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
-                                                   FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
-  if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
-    return T;
-
-  QualType Result;
-  if (const auto *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
-    Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getReturnType(), Info);
-  } else {
-    const auto *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
-    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
-    EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
-    Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
-  }
-
-  return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
-}
-
-void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD,
-                                                 QualType ResultType) {
-  FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl();
-  while (true) {
-    const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
-    FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
-    if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl())
-      FD = Next;
-    else
-      break;
-  }
-  if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener())
-    L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType);
-}
-
-/// Get a function type and produce the equivalent function type with the
-/// specified exception specification. Type sugar that can be present on a
-/// declaration of a function with an exception specification is permitted
-/// and preserved. Other type sugar (for instance, typedefs) is not.
-QualType ASTContext::getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(
-    QualType Orig, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) {
-  // Might have some parens.
-  if (const auto *PT = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Orig))
-    return getParenType(
-        getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(PT->getInnerType(), ESI));
-
-  // Might have a calling-convention attribute.
-  if (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Orig))
-    return getAttributedType(
-        AT->getAttrKind(),
-        getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(AT->getModifiedType(), ESI),
-        getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(AT->getEquivalentType(), ESI));
-
-  // Anything else must be a function type. Rebuild it with the new exception
-  // specification.
-  const auto *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Orig);
-  return getFunctionType(
-      Proto->getReturnType(), Proto->getParamTypes(),
-      Proto->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(ESI));
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(QualType T,
-                                                          QualType U) {
-  return hasSameType(T, U) ||
-         (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
-          hasSameType(getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(T, EST_None),
-                      getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(U, EST_None)));
-}
-
-void ASTContext::adjustExceptionSpec(
-    FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI,
-    bool AsWritten) {
-  // Update the type.
-  QualType Updated =
-      getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(FD->getType(), ESI);
-  FD->setType(Updated);
-
-  if (!AsWritten)
-    return;
-
-  // Update the type in the type source information too.
-  if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
-    // If the type and the type-as-written differ, we may need to update
-    // the type-as-written too.
-    if (TSInfo->getType() != FD->getType())
-      Updated = getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(TSInfo->getType(), ESI);
-
-    // FIXME: When we get proper type location information for exceptions,
-    // we'll also have to rebuild the TypeSourceInfo. For now, we just patch
-    // up the TypeSourceInfo;
-    assert(TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(Updated) ==
-               TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(TSInfo->getType()) &&
-           "TypeLoc size mismatch from updating exception specification");
-    TSInfo->overrideType(Updated);
-  }
-}
-
-/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
-/// number with the specified element type.
-QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
-  // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
-  // structure.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(CT, 0);
-
-  // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
-  // so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!T.isCanonical()) {
-    Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
-/// the specified type.
-QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
-  // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
-  // structure.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(PT, 0);
-
-  // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
-  // so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!T.isCanonical()) {
-    Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedType(QualType Orig, QualType New) const {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  AdjustedType::Profile(ID, Orig, New);
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  if (AT)
-    return QualType(AT, 0);
-
-  QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(New);
-
-  // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-  AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
-
-  AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-      AdjustedType(Type::Adjusted, Orig, New, Canonical);
-  Types.push_back(AT);
-  AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(AT, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getDecayedType(QualType T) const {
-  assert((T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && "T does not decay");
-
-  QualType Decayed;
-
-  // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
-  //   A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
-  //   adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
-  //   qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
-  //   the array type derivation.
-  if (T->isArrayType())
-    Decayed = getArrayDecayedType(T);
-
-  // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
-  //   A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
-  //   shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
-  //   in 6.3.2.1.
-  if (T->isFunctionType())
-    Decayed = getPointerType(T);
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  AdjustedType::Profile(ID, T, Decayed);
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  if (AT)
-    return QualType(AT, 0);
-
-  QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decayed);
-
-  // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-  AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
-
-  AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecayedType(T, Decayed, Canonical);
-  Types.push_back(AT);
-  AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(AT, 0);
-}
-
-/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
-/// a pointer to the specified block.
-QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
-  assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
-  // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
-  // structure.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (BlockPointerType *PT =
-        BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(PT, 0);
-
-  // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
-  // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!T.isCanonical()) {
-    Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    BlockPointerType *NewIP =
-      BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
-/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
-QualType
-ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
-  assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
-         "Unresolved overloaded function type");
-
-  // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
-  // structure.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
-        LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(RT, 0);
-
-  const auto *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
-
-  // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
-  // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
-    QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
-    Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
-      LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
-                                                             SpelledAsLValue);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
-/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
-QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
-  // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
-  // structure.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
-        RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(RT, 0);
-
-  const auto *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
-
-  // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
-  // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
-    QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
-    Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
-      RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
-/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
-QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
-  // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
-  // structure.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (MemberPointerType *PT =
-      MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(PT, 0);
-
-  // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
-  // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
-    Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    MemberPointerType *NewIP =
-      MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
-/// array of the specified element type.
-QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
-                                          const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
-                                          ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
-                                          unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
-  assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
-          EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
-         "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
-
-  // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
-  // the target.
-  llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
-  ArySize = ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getMaxPointerWidth());
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
-      ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(ATP, 0);
-
-  // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
-  // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canon;
-  if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
-    SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
-    Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize,
-                                 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
-    Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
-      ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-
-  auto *New = new (*this,TypeAlignment)
-    ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
-  ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
-/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
-/// sizes replaced with [*].
-QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
-  // Vastly most common case.
-  if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
-
-  QualType result;
-
-  SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
-  const Type *ty = split.Ty;
-  switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
-#define TYPE(Class, Base)
-#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
-#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
-#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
-    llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
-
-  // These types should never be variably-modified.
-  case Type::Builtin:
-  case Type::Complex:
-  case Type::Vector:
-  case Type::DependentVector:
-  case Type::ExtVector:
-  case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
-  case Type::DependentAddressSpace:
-  case Type::ObjCObject:
-  case Type::ObjCInterface:
-  case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
-  case Type::Record:
-  case Type::Enum:
-  case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
-  case Type::TypeOfExpr:
-  case Type::TypeOf:
-  case Type::Decltype:
-  case Type::UnaryTransform:
-  case Type::DependentName:
-  case Type::InjectedClassName:
-  case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
-  case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
-  case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
-  case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
-  case Type::Auto:
-  case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
-  case Type::PackExpansion:
-    llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
-
-  // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
-  // further decay.
-  case Type::FunctionNoProto:
-  case Type::FunctionProto:
-  case Type::BlockPointer:
-  case Type::MemberPointer:
-  case Type::Pipe:
-    return type;
-
-  // These types can be variably-modified.  All these modifications
-  // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
-  // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
-  // optimizations available here.
-  case Type::Pointer:
-    result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
-                              cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
-    break;
-
-  case Type::LValueReference: {
-    const auto *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
-    result = getLValueReferenceType(
-                 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
-                                    lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case Type::RValueReference: {
-    const auto *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
-    result = getRValueReferenceType(
-                 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case Type::Atomic: {
-    const auto *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
-    result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case Type::ConstantArray: {
-    const auto *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
-    result = getConstantArrayType(
-                 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
-                                  cat->getSize(),
-                                  cat->getSizeModifier(),
-                                  cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
-    const auto *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
-    result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
-                 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
-                                        dat->getSizeExpr(),
-                                        dat->getSizeModifier(),
-                                        dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
-                                        dat->getBracketsRange());
-    break;
-  }
-
-  // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
-  case Type::IncompleteArray: {
-    const auto *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
-    result = getVariableArrayType(
-                 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
-                                  /*size*/ nullptr,
-                                  ArrayType::Normal,
-                                  iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
-                                  SourceRange());
-    break;
-  }
-
-  // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
-  case Type::VariableArray: {
-    const auto *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
-    result = getVariableArrayType(
-                 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
-                                  /*size*/ nullptr,
-                                  ArrayType::Star,
-                                  vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
-                                  vat->getBracketsRange());
-    break;
-  }
-  }
-
-  // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
-  return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals);
-}
-
-/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
-/// variable array of the specified element type.
-QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
-                                          Expr *NumElts,
-                                          ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
-                                          unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
-                                          SourceRange Brackets) const {
-  // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
-  // that have an expression provided for their size.
-  QualType Canon;
-
-  // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
-  if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
-    SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
-    Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM,
-                                 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
-    Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
-  }
-
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-    VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
-
-  VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
-/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
-/// type.
-QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
-                                                Expr *numElements,
-                                                ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
-                                                unsigned elementTypeQuals,
-                                                SourceRange brackets) const {
-  assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
-          numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
-         "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
-
-  // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
-  // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
-  // initializer.  We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
-  // because they can't be used in most locations.
-  if (!numElements) {
-    auto *newType
-      = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-          DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
-                                  numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
-                                  brackets);
-    Types.push_back(newType);
-    return QualType(newType, 0);
-  }
-
-  // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
-  // also build a canonical type.
-
-  SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
-
-  void *insertPos = nullptr;
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
-                                   QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
-                                   ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
-
-  // Look for an existing type with these properties.
-  DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
-    DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
-
-  // If we don't have one, build one.
-  if (!canonTy) {
-    canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-      DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
-                              QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
-                              brackets);
-    DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
-    Types.push_back(canonTy);
-  }
-
-  // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
-  QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
-                                    canonElementType.Quals);
-
-  // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type or the size
-  // expression, then just use that as our result.
-  if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType &&
-      canonTy->getSizeExpr() == numElements)
-    return canon;
-
-  // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
-  // of the element type.
-  auto *sugaredType
-    = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-        DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
-                                ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
-  Types.push_back(sugaredType);
-  return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
-                                            ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
-                                            unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
-
-  void *insertPos = nullptr;
-  if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
-       IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
-    return QualType(iat, 0);
-
-  // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
-  // either, so fill in the canonical type field.  We also have to pull
-  // qualifiers off the element type.
-  QualType canon;
-
-  if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
-    SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
-    canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0),
-                                   ASM, elementTypeQuals);
-    canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals);
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    IncompleteArrayType *existing =
-      IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
-    assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
-  }
-
-  auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-    IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
-
-  IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
-  Types.push_back(newType);
-  return QualType(newType, 0);
-}
-
-/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
-/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
-QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
-                                   VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
-  assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
-
-  // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(VTP, 0);
-
-  // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
-  // so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
-    Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-    VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
-  VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-QualType
-ASTContext::getDependentVectorType(QualType VecType, Expr *SizeExpr,
-                                   SourceLocation AttrLoc,
-                                   VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  DependentVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(VecType), SizeExpr,
-                               VecKind);
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  DependentVectorType *Canon =
-      DependentVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  DependentVectorType *New;
-
-  if (Canon) {
-    New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentVectorType(
-        *this, VecType, QualType(Canon, 0), SizeExpr, AttrLoc, VecKind);
-  } else {
-    QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(VecType);
-    if (CanonVecTy == VecType) {
-      New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentVectorType(
-          *this, VecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, AttrLoc, VecKind);
-
-      DependentVectorType *CanonCheck =
-          DependentVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-      assert(!CanonCheck &&
-             "Dependent-sized vector_size canonical type broken");
-      (void)CanonCheck;
-      DependentVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-    } else {
-      QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
-                                                      SourceLocation());
-      New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentVectorType(
-          *this, VecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc, VecKind);
-    }
-  }
-
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
-/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
-QualType
-ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
-  assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
-
-  // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
-                      VectorType::GenericVector);
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(VTP, 0);
-
-  // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
-  // so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
-    Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-    ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
-  VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-QualType
-ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
-                                           Expr *SizeExpr,
-                                           SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
-                                       SizeExpr);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
-    = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
-  if (Canon) {
-    // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
-    // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
-    New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-      DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
-                                  SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
-  } else {
-    QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
-    if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
-      New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-        DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
-                                    AttrLoc);
-
-      DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
-        = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-      assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
-      (void)CanonCheck;
-      DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-    } else {
-      QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
-                                                      SourceLocation());
-      New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-        DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
-    }
-  }
-
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getDependentAddressSpaceType(QualType PointeeType,
-                                                  Expr *AddrSpaceExpr,
-                                                  SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
-  assert(AddrSpaceExpr->isInstantiationDependent());
-
-  QualType canonPointeeType = getCanonicalType(PointeeType);
-
-  void *insertPos = nullptr;
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  DependentAddressSpaceType::Profile(ID, *this, canonPointeeType,
-                                     AddrSpaceExpr);
-
-  DependentAddressSpaceType *canonTy =
-    DependentAddressSpaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
-
-  if (!canonTy) {
-    canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-      DependentAddressSpaceType(*this, canonPointeeType,
-                                QualType(), AddrSpaceExpr, AttrLoc);
-    DependentAddressSpaceTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
-    Types.push_back(canonTy);
-  }
-
-  if (canonPointeeType == PointeeType &&
-      canonTy->getAddrSpaceExpr() == AddrSpaceExpr)
-    return QualType(canonTy, 0);
-
-  auto *sugaredType
-    = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-        DependentAddressSpaceType(*this, PointeeType, QualType(canonTy, 0),
-                                  AddrSpaceExpr, AttrLoc);
-  Types.push_back(sugaredType);
-  return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
-}
-
-/// Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function.
-static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) {
-  return T.isCanonical() &&
-         (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None ||
-          T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone);
-}
-
-/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
-QualType
-ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
-                                   const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
-  // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
-  // structure.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
-        FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(FT, 0);
-
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy)) {
-    Canonical =
-      getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy), Info);
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
-      FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-    FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-CanQualType
-ASTContext::getCanonicalFunctionResultType(QualType ResultType) const {
-  CanQualType CanResultType = getCanonicalType(ResultType);
-
-  // Canonical result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers.
-  if (CanResultType.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) {
-    Qualifiers Qs = CanResultType.getQualifiers();
-    Qs.removeObjCLifetime();
-    return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
-             getQualifiedType(CanResultType.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs));
-  }
-
-  return CanResultType;
-}
-
-static bool isCanonicalExceptionSpecification(
-    const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, bool NoexceptInType) {
-  if (ESI.Type == EST_None)
-    return true;
-  if (!NoexceptInType)
-    return false;
-
-  // C++17 onwards: exception specification is part of the type, as a simple
-  // boolean "can this function type throw".
-  if (ESI.Type == EST_BasicNoexcept)
-    return true;
-
-  // A noexcept(expr) specification is (possibly) canonical if expr is
-  // value-dependent.
-  if (ESI.Type == EST_DependentNoexcept)
-    return true;
-
-  // A dynamic exception specification is canonical if it only contains pack
-  // expansions (so we can't tell whether it's non-throwing) and all its
-  // contained types are canonical.
-  if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
-    bool AnyPackExpansions = false;
-    for (QualType ET : ESI.Exceptions) {
-      if (!ET.isCanonical())
-        return false;
-      if (ET->getAs<PackExpansionType>())
-        AnyPackExpansions = true;
-    }
-    return AnyPackExpansions;
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getFunctionTypeInternal(
-    QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray,
-    const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI, bool OnlyWantCanonical) const {
-  size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size();
-
-  // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
-  // structure.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI,
-                             *this, true);
-
-  QualType Canonical;
-  bool Unique = false;
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (FunctionProtoType *FPT =
-        FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
-    QualType Existing = QualType(FPT, 0);
-
-    // If we find a pre-existing equivalent FunctionProtoType, we can just reuse
-    // it so long as our exception specification doesn't contain a dependent
-    // noexcept expression, or we're just looking for a canonical type.
-    // Otherwise, we're going to need to create a type
-    // sugar node to hold the concrete expression.
-    if (OnlyWantCanonical || !isComputedNoexcept(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type) ||
-        EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr == FPT->getNoexceptExpr())
-      return Existing;
-
-    // We need a new type sugar node for this one, to hold the new noexcept
-    // expression. We do no canonicalization here, but that's OK since we don't
-    // expect to see the same noexcept expression much more than once.
-    Canonical = getCanonicalType(Existing);
-    Unique = true;
-  }
-
-  bool NoexceptInType = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
-  bool IsCanonicalExceptionSpec =
-      isCanonicalExceptionSpecification(EPI.ExceptionSpec, NoexceptInType);
-
-  // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
-  bool isCanonical = !Unique && IsCanonicalExceptionSpec &&
-                     isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && !EPI.HasTrailingReturn;
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
-    if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
-      isCanonical = false;
-
-  if (OnlyWantCanonical)
-    assert(isCanonical &&
-           "given non-canonical parameters constructing canonical type");
-
-  // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it if we don't
-  // already have it. The exception spec is only partially part of the
-  // canonical type, and only in C++17 onwards.
-  if (!isCanonical && Canonical.isNull()) {
-    SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
-    CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
-    for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
-      CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
-
-    llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
-    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
-    CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
-
-    if (IsCanonicalExceptionSpec) {
-      // Exception spec is already OK.
-    } else if (NoexceptInType) {
-      switch (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type) {
-      case EST_Unparsed: case EST_Unevaluated: case EST_Uninstantiated:
-        // We don't know yet. It shouldn't matter what we pick here; no-one
-        // should ever look at this.
-        LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
-      case EST_None: case EST_MSAny: case EST_NoexceptFalse:
-        CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None;
-        break;
-
-        // A dynamic exception specification is almost always "not noexcept",
-        // with the exception that a pack expansion might expand to no types.
-      case EST_Dynamic: {
-        bool AnyPacks = false;
-        for (QualType ET : EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions) {
-          if (ET->getAs<PackExpansionType>())
-            AnyPacks = true;
-          ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(getCanonicalType(ET));
-        }
-        if (!AnyPacks)
-          CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None;
-        else {
-          CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
-          CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case EST_DynamicNone: case EST_BasicNoexcept: case EST_NoexceptTrue:
-        CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_BasicNoexcept;
-        break;
-
-      case EST_DependentNoexcept:
-        llvm_unreachable("dependent noexcept is already canonical");
-      }
-    } else {
-      CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec = FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
-    }
-
-    // Adjust the canonical function result type.
-    CanQualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy);
-    Canonical =
-        getFunctionTypeInternal(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI, true);
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
-      FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-
-  // Compute the needed size to hold this FunctionProtoType and the
-  // various trailing objects.
-  auto ESH = FunctionProtoType::getExceptionSpecSize(
-      EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type, EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions.size());
-  size_t Size = FunctionProtoType::totalSizeToAlloc<
-      QualType, FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields,
-      FunctionType::ExceptionType, Expr *, FunctionDecl *,
-      FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers>(
-      NumArgs, FunctionProtoType::hasExtraBitfields(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type),
-      ESH.NumExceptionType, ESH.NumExprPtr, ESH.NumFunctionDeclPtr,
-      EPI.ExtParameterInfos ? NumArgs : 0,
-      EPI.TypeQuals.hasNonFastQualifiers() ? 1 : 0);
-
-  auto *FTP = (FunctionProtoType *)Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
-  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
-  new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI);
-  Types.push_back(FTP);
-  if (!Unique)
-    FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(FTP, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getPipeType(QualType T, bool ReadOnly) const {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  PipeType::Profile(ID, T, ReadOnly);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (PipeType *PT = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(PT, 0);
-
-  // If the pipe element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
-  // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!T.isCanonical()) {
-    Canonical = getPipeType(getCanonicalType(T), ReadOnly);
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    PipeType *NewIP = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
-    (void)NewIP;
-  }
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PipeType(T, Canonical, ReadOnly);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  PipeTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::adjustStringLiteralBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
-  // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space.
-  return LangOpts.OpenCL ? getAddrSpaceQualType(Ty, LangAS::opencl_constant)
-                         : Ty;
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getReadPipeType(QualType T) const {
-  return getPipeType(T, true);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getWritePipeType(QualType T) const {
-  return getPipeType(T, false);
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
-  if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
-  const auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
-  if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
-    return true;
-  if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
-      !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
-    return true;
-  return false;
-}
-#endif
-
-/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
-/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
-QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
-                                              QualType TST) const {
-  assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
-  if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
-    assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
-  } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
-    assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
-    Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
-    assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
-  } else {
-    Type *newType =
-      new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
-    Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
-    Types.push_back(newType);
-  }
-  return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
-}
-
-/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
-/// specified type declaration.
-QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
-  assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
-  assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
-
-  if (const auto *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
-    return getTypedefType(Typedef);
-
-  assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
-         "Template type parameter types are always available.");
-
-  if (const auto *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
-    assert(Record->isFirstDecl() && "struct/union has previous declaration");
-    assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
-    return getRecordType(Record);
-  } else if (const auto *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
-    assert(Enum->isFirstDecl() && "enum has previous declaration");
-    return getEnumType(Enum);
-  } else if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
-    Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
-    Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
-    Types.push_back(newType);
-  } else
-    llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
-
-  return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
-}
-
-/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
-/// specified typedef name decl.
-QualType
-ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
-                           QualType Canonical) const {
-  if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
-
-  if (Canonical.isNull())
-    Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
-  auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-    TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
-  Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
-  Types.push_back(newType);
-  return QualType(newType, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
-  if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
-
-  if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
-    if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
-      return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
-
-  auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
-  Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
-  Types.push_back(newType);
-  return QualType(newType, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
-  if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
-
-  if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
-    if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
-      return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
-
-  auto *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
-  Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
-  Types.push_back(newType);
-  return QualType(newType, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(attr::Kind attrKind,
-                                       QualType modifiedType,
-                                       QualType equivalentType) {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
-  AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
-
-  void *insertPos = nullptr;
-  AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
-  if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
-
-  QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
-  type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-           AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
-
-  Types.push_back(type);
-  AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
-
-  return QualType(type, 0);
-}
-
-/// Retrieve a substitution-result type.
-QualType
-ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
-                                         QualType Replacement) const {
-  assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
-         && "replacement types must always be canonical");
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
-    = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!SubstParm) {
-    SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-      SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
-    Types.push_back(SubstParm);
-    SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
-}
-
-/// Retrieve a
-QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
-                                          const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
-                                              const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  for (const auto &P : ArgPack.pack_elements()) {
-    assert(P.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
-    assert(P.getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
-  }
-#endif
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
-        = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
-
-  QualType Canon;
-  if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
-    Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
-    Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
-                                             ArgPack);
-    SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  auto *SubstParm
-    = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
-                                                               ArgPack);
-  Types.push_back(SubstParm);
-  SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
-}
-
-/// Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
-/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
-/// name.
-QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
-                                             bool ParameterPack,
-                                             TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
-    = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (TypeParm)
-    return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
-
-  if (TTPDecl) {
-    QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
-    TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
-
-    TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
-      = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
-    (void)TypeCheck;
-  } else
-    TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-      TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
-
-  Types.push_back(TypeParm);
-  TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
-
-  return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
-}
-
-TypeSourceInfo *
-ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
-                                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
-                                        const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
-                                              QualType Underlying) const {
-  assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
-         "No dependent template names here!");
-  QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
-
-  TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
-  TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL =
-      DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>();
-  TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
-  TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
-  TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
-  TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
-    TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
-  return DI;
-}
-
-QualType
-ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
-                                          const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
-                                          QualType Underlying) const {
-  assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
-         "No dependent template names here!");
-
-  SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
-  ArgVec.reserve(Args.size());
-  for (const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg : Args.arguments())
-    ArgVec.push_back(Arg.getArgument());
-
-  return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec, Underlying);
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args) {
-  for (const TemplateArgument &Arg : Args)
-    if (Arg.isPackExpansion())
-      return true;
-
-  return true;
-}
-#endif
-
-QualType
-ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
-                                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
-                                          QualType Underlying) const {
-  assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
-         "No dependent template names here!");
-  // Look through qualified template names.
-  if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
-    Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
-
-  bool IsTypeAlias =
-    Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
-    isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
-  QualType CanonType;
-  if (!Underlying.isNull())
-    CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
-  else {
-    // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains
-    // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack.
-    assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args)) &&
-           "Caller must compute aliased type");
-    IsTypeAlias = false;
-    CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args);
-  }
-
-  // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
-  // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
-  // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
-  void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
-                       sizeof(TemplateArgument) * Args.size() +
-                       (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
-                       TypeAlignment);
-  auto *Spec
-    = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, CanonType,
-                                         IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
-
-  Types.push_back(Spec);
-  return QualType(Spec, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(
-    TemplateName Template, ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args) const {
-  assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
-         "No dependent template names here!");
-
-  // Look through qualified template names.
-  if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
-    Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
-
-  // Build the canonical template specialization type.
-  TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
-  SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
-  unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
-  CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
-  for (const TemplateArgument &Arg : Args)
-    CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Arg));
-
-  // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
-  // exists.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
-                                      CanonArgs, *this);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
-    = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!Spec) {
-    // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
-    void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
-                          sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
-                         TypeAlignment);
-    Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
-                                                CanonArgs,
-                                                QualType(), QualType());
-    Types.push_back(Spec);
-    TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
-         "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
-  return QualType(Spec, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
-                                       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
-                                       QualType NamedType,
-                                       TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) const {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType, OwnedTagDecl);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  if (T)
-    return QualType(T, 0);
-
-  QualType Canon = NamedType;
-  if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
-    Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
-    ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
-    (void)CheckT;
-  }
-
-  void *Mem = Allocate(ElaboratedType::totalSizeToAlloc<TagDecl *>(!!OwnedTagDecl),
-                       TypeAlignment);
-  T = new (Mem) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon, OwnedTagDecl);
-
-  Types.push_back(T);
-  ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(T, 0);
-}
-
-QualType
-ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  if (T)
-    return QualType(T, 0);
-
-  QualType Canon = InnerType;
-  if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
-    Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
-    ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
-    (void)CheckT;
-  }
-
-  T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
-  Types.push_back(T);
-  ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(T, 0);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
-                                          NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
-                                          const IdentifierInfo *Name,
-                                          QualType Canon) const {
-  if (Canon.isNull()) {
-    NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
-    if (CanonNNS != NNS)
-      Canon = getDependentNameType(Keyword, CanonNNS, Name);
-  }
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  DependentNameType *T
-    = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  if (T)
-    return QualType(T, 0);
-
-  T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
-  Types.push_back(T);
-  DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(T, 0);
-}
-
-QualType
-ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
-                                 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
-                                 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
-                                 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
-                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
-  // TODO: avoid this copy
-  SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
-  for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
-    ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
-  return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, ArgCopy);
-}
-
-QualType
-ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
-                                 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
-                                 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
-                                 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
-                                 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args) const {
-  assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
-         "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
-                                               Name, Args);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
-    = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  if (T)
-    return QualType(T, 0);
-
-  NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
-
-  ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
-  if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
-
-  bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
-  unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
-  SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
-  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
-    CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
-    if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
-      AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
-  }
-
-  QualType Canon;
-  if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
-    Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
-                                                   Name,
-                                                   CanonArgs);
-
-    // Find the insert position again.
-    DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
-                        sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
-                       TypeAlignment);
-  T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
-                                                    Name, Args, Canon);
-  Types.push_back(T);
-  DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(T, 0);
-}
-
-TemplateArgument ASTContext::getInjectedTemplateArg(NamedDecl *Param) {
-  TemplateArgument Arg;
-  if (const auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) {
-    QualType ArgType = getTypeDeclType(TTP);
-    if (TTP->isParameterPack())
-      ArgType = getPackExpansionType(ArgType, None);
-
-    Arg = TemplateArgument(ArgType);
-  } else if (auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) {
-    Expr *E = new (*this) DeclRefExpr(
-        *this, NTTP, /*enclosing*/ false,
-        NTTP->getType().getNonLValueExprType(*this),
-        Expr::getValueKindForType(NTTP->getType()), NTTP->getLocation());
-
-    if (NTTP->isParameterPack())
-      E = new (*this) PackExpansionExpr(DependentTy, E, NTTP->getLocation(),
-                                        None);
-    Arg = TemplateArgument(E);
-  } else {
-    auto *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param);
-    if (TTP->isParameterPack())
-      Arg = TemplateArgument(TemplateName(TTP), Optional<unsigned>());
-    else
-      Arg = TemplateArgument(TemplateName(TTP));
-  }
-
-  if (Param->isTemplateParameterPack())
-    Arg = TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy(*this, Arg);
-
-  return Arg;
-}
-
-void
-ASTContext::getInjectedTemplateArgs(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
-                                    SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Args) {
-  Args.reserve(Args.size() + Params->size());
-
-  for (NamedDecl *Param : *Params)
-    Args.push_back(getInjectedTemplateArg(Param));
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
-                                          Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
-
-  assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
-         "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  PackExpansionType *T
-    = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  if (T)
-    return QualType(T, 0);
-
-  QualType Canon;
-  if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
-    Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern);
-    // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it
-    // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its
-    // parameters.
-    if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {
-      Canon = getPackExpansionType(Canon, NumExpansions);
-
-      // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into
-      // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position.
-      PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    }
-  }
-
-  T = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-      PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
-  Types.push_back(T);
-  PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(T, 0);
-}
-
-/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
-/// alphabetically.
-static int CmpProtocolNames(ObjCProtocolDecl *const *LHS,
-                            ObjCProtocolDecl *const *RHS) {
-  return DeclarationName::compare((*LHS)->getDeclName(), (*RHS)->getDeclName());
-}
-
-static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols) {
-  if (Protocols.empty()) return true;
-
-  if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
-    return false;
-
-  for (unsigned i = 1; i != Protocols.size(); ++i)
-    if (CmpProtocolNames(&Protocols[i - 1], &Protocols[i]) >= 0 ||
-        Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
-      return false;
-  return true;
-}
-
-static void
-SortAndUniqueProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &Protocols) {
-  // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
-  llvm::array_pod_sort(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end(), CmpProtocolNames);
-
-  // Canonicalize.
-  for (ObjCProtocolDecl *&P : Protocols)
-    P = P->getCanonicalDecl();
-
-  // Remove duplicates.
-  auto ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end());
-  Protocols.erase(ProtocolsEnd, Protocols.end());
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
-                                       ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
-                                       unsigned NumProtocols) const {
-  return getObjCObjectType(BaseType, {},
-                           llvm::makeArrayRef(Protocols, NumProtocols),
-                           /*isKindOf=*/false);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(
-           QualType baseType,
-           ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
-           ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
-           bool isKindOf) const {
-  // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols or
-  // type arguments to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
-  if (typeArgs.empty() && protocols.empty() && !isKindOf &&
-      isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(baseType))
-    return baseType;
-
-  // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, baseType, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf);
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(QT, 0);
-
-  // Determine the type arguments to be used for canonicalization,
-  // which may be explicitly specified here or written on the base
-  // type.
-  ArrayRef<QualType> effectiveTypeArgs = typeArgs;
-  if (effectiveTypeArgs.empty()) {
-    if (const auto *baseObject = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
-      effectiveTypeArgs = baseObject->getTypeArgs();
-  }
-
-  // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and a
-  // sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols and the type arguments
-  // canonicalized.
-  QualType canonical;
-  bool typeArgsAreCanonical = std::all_of(effectiveTypeArgs.begin(),
-                                          effectiveTypeArgs.end(),
-                                          [&](QualType type) {
-                                            return type.isCanonical();
-                                          });
-  bool protocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(protocols);
-  if (!typeArgsAreCanonical || !protocolsSorted || !baseType.isCanonical()) {
-    // Determine the canonical type arguments.
-    ArrayRef<QualType> canonTypeArgs;
-    SmallVector<QualType, 4> canonTypeArgsVec;
-    if (!typeArgsAreCanonical) {
-      canonTypeArgsVec.reserve(effectiveTypeArgs.size());
-      for (auto typeArg : effectiveTypeArgs)
-        canonTypeArgsVec.push_back(getCanonicalType(typeArg));
-      canonTypeArgs = canonTypeArgsVec;
-    } else {
-      canonTypeArgs = effectiveTypeArgs;
-    }
-
-    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> canonProtocols;
-    SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> canonProtocolsVec;
-    if (!protocolsSorted) {
-      canonProtocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end());
-      SortAndUniqueProtocols(canonProtocolsVec);
-      canonProtocols = canonProtocolsVec;
-    } else {
-      canonProtocols = protocols;
-    }
-
-    canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(baseType), canonTypeArgs,
-                                  canonProtocols, isKindOf);
-
-    // Regenerate InsertPos.
-    ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
-  size += typeArgs.size() * sizeof(QualType);
-  size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
-  void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment);
-  auto *T =
-    new (mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(canonical, baseType, typeArgs, protocols,
-                                 isKindOf);
-
-  Types.push_back(T);
-  ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(T, 0);
-}
-
-/// Apply Objective-C protocol qualifiers to the given type.
-/// If this is for the canonical type of a type parameter, we can apply
-/// protocol qualifiers on the ObjCObjectPointerType.
-QualType
-ASTContext::applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(QualType type,
-                  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, bool &hasError,
-                  bool allowOnPointerType) const {
-  hasError = false;
-
-  if (const auto *objT = dyn_cast<ObjCTypeParamType>(type.getTypePtr())) {
-    return getObjCTypeParamType(objT->getDecl(), protocols);
-  }
-
-  // Apply protocol qualifiers to ObjCObjectPointerType.
-  if (allowOnPointerType) {
-    if (const auto *objPtr =
-            dyn_cast<ObjCObjectPointerType>(type.getTypePtr())) {
-      const ObjCObjectType *objT = objPtr->getObjectType();
-      // Merge protocol lists and construct ObjCObjectType.
-      SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> protocolsVec;
-      protocolsVec.append(objT->qual_begin(),
-                          objT->qual_end());
-      protocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end());
-      ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols = protocolsVec;
-      type = getObjCObjectType(
-             objT->getBaseType(),
-             objT->getTypeArgsAsWritten(),
-             protocols,
-             objT->isKindOfTypeAsWritten());
-      return getObjCObjectPointerType(type);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Apply protocol qualifiers to ObjCObjectType.
-  if (const auto *objT = dyn_cast<ObjCObjectType>(type.getTypePtr())){
-    // FIXME: Check for protocols to which the class type is already
-    // known to conform.
-
-    return getObjCObjectType(objT->getBaseType(),
-                             objT->getTypeArgsAsWritten(),
-                             protocols,
-                             objT->isKindOfTypeAsWritten());
-  }
-
-  // If the canonical type is ObjCObjectType, ...
-  if (type->isObjCObjectType()) {
-    // Silently overwrite any existing protocol qualifiers.
-    // TODO: determine whether that's the right thing to do.
-
-    // FIXME: Check for protocols to which the class type is already
-    // known to conform.
-    return getObjCObjectType(type, {}, protocols, false);
-  }
-
-  // id<protocol-list>
-  if (type->isObjCIdType()) {
-    const auto *objPtr = type->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-    type = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, {}, protocols,
-                                 objPtr->isKindOfType());
-    return getObjCObjectPointerType(type);
-  }
-
-  // Class<protocol-list>
-  if (type->isObjCClassType()) {
-    const auto *objPtr = type->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-    type = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, {}, protocols,
-                                 objPtr->isKindOfType());
-    return getObjCObjectPointerType(type);
-  }
-
-  hasError = true;
-  return type;
-}
-
-QualType
-ASTContext::getObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl,
-                           ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
-                           QualType Canonical) const {
-  // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ObjCTypeParamType::Profile(ID, Decl, protocols);
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (ObjCTypeParamType *TypeParam =
-      ObjCTypeParamTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(TypeParam, 0);
-
-  if (Canonical.isNull()) {
-    // We canonicalize to the underlying type.
-    Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
-    if (!protocols.empty()) {
-      // Apply the protocol qualifers.
-      bool hasError;
-      Canonical = getCanonicalType(applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(
-          Canonical, protocols, hasError, true /*allowOnPointerType*/));
-      assert(!hasError && "Error when apply protocol qualifier to bound type");
-    }
-  }
-
-  unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCTypeParamType);
-  size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
-  void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment);
-  auto *newType = new (mem) ObjCTypeParamType(Decl, Canonical, protocols);
-
-  Types.push_back(newType);
-  ObjCTypeParamTypes.InsertNode(newType, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(newType, 0);
-}
-
-/// ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols - Checks that protocols in IC's
-/// protocol list adopt all protocols in QT's qualified-id protocol
-/// list.
-bool ASTContext::ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols(QualType QT,
-                                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC) {
-  if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
-    return false;
-
-  if (const auto *OPT = QT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
-    // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
-    for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
-      if (!IC->ClassImplementsProtocol(Proto, false))
-        return false;
-    }
-    return true;
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols - Checks that protocols in
-/// QT's qualified-id protocol list adopt all protocols in IDecl's list
-/// of protocols.
-bool ASTContext::QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols(QualType QT,
-                                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl) {
-  if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
-    return false;
-  const auto *OPT = QT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-  if (!OPT)
-    return false;
-  if (!IDecl->hasDefinition())
-    return false;
-  llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocols;
-  CollectInheritedProtocols(IDecl, InheritedProtocols);
-  if (InheritedProtocols.empty())
-    return false;
-  // Check that if every protocol in list of id<plist> conforms to a protocol
-  // of IDecl's, then bridge casting is ok.
-  bool Conforms = false;
-  for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
-    Conforms = false;
-    for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) {
-      if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(Proto, PI)) {
-        Conforms = true;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if (!Conforms)
-      break;
-  }
-  if (Conforms)
-    return true;
-
-  for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) {
-    // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
-    bool Adopts = false;
-    for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
-      // return 'true' if 'PI' is in the inheritance hierarchy of Proto
-      if ((Adopts = ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(PI, Proto)))
-        break;
-    }
-    if (!Adopts)
-      return false;
-  }
-  return true;
-}
-
-/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
-/// the given object type.
-QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
-              ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(QT, 0);
-
-  // Find the canonical object type.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
-    Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
-
-    // Regenerate InsertPos.
-    ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  // No match.
-  void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
-  auto *QType =
-    new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
-
-  Types.push_back(QType);
-  ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(QType, 0);
-}
-
-/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
-/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
-QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
-                                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
-  if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
-    return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
-
-  if (PrevDecl) {
-    assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
-    Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
-    return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
-  }
-
-  // Prefer the definition, if there is one.
-  if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
-    Decl = Def;
-
-  void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
-  auto *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
-  Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
-  Types.push_back(T);
-  return QualType(T, 0);
-}
-
-/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
-/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
-/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
-/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
-/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
-QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
-  TypeOfExprType *toe;
-  if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
-    llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-    DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
-
-    void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-    DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
-      = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    if (Canon) {
-      // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
-      // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
-      toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
-                                          QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
-    } else {
-      // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
-      Canon
-        = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
-      DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
-      toe = Canon;
-    }
-  } else {
-    QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
-    toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
-  }
-  Types.push_back(toe);
-  return QualType(toe, 0);
-}
-
-/// getTypeOfType -  Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
-/// TypeOfType nodes. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
-/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
-/// an issue. This doesn't affect the type checker, since it operates
-/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
-QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
-  QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
-  auto *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
-  Types.push_back(tot);
-  return QualType(tot, 0);
-}
-
-/// Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique DecltypeType
-/// nodes. This would never be helpful, since each such type has its own
-/// expression, and would not give a significant memory saving, since there
-/// is an Expr tree under each such type.
-QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const {
-  DecltypeType *dt;
-
-  // C++11 [temp.type]p2:
-  //   If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
-  //   unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
-  //   type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
-  if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
-    llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-    DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
-
-    void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-    DependentDecltypeType *Canon
-      = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    if (!Canon) {
-      // Build a new, canonical decltype(expr) type.
-      Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
-      DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
-    }
-    dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-        DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, QualType((DecltypeType *)Canon, 0));
-  } else {
-    dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-        DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
-  }
-  Types.push_back(dt);
-  return QualType(dt, 0);
-}
-
-/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
-/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
-QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
-                                           QualType UnderlyingType,
-                                           UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
-    const {
-  UnaryTransformType *ut = nullptr;
-
-  if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
-    // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
-    llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-    DependentUnaryTransformType::Profile(ID, getCanonicalType(BaseType), Kind);
-
-    void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-    DependentUnaryTransformType *Canon
-      = DependentUnaryTransformTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-    if (!Canon) {
-      // Build a new, canonical __underlying_type(type) type.
-      Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-             DependentUnaryTransformType(*this, getCanonicalType(BaseType),
-                                         Kind);
-      DependentUnaryTransformTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
-    }
-    ut = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType,
-                                                        QualType(), Kind,
-                                                        QualType(Canon, 0));
-  } else {
-    QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType);
-    ut = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType,
-                                                        UnderlyingType, Kind,
-                                                        CanonType);
-  }
-  Types.push_back(ut);
-  return QualType(ut, 0);
-}
-
-/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been
-/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the
-/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type.
-QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
-                                 bool IsDependent) const {
-  if (DeducedType.isNull() && Keyword == AutoTypeKeyword::Auto && !IsDependent)
-    return getAutoDeductType();
-
-  // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent);
-  if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(AT, 0);
-
-  auto *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-      AutoType(DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent);
-  Types.push_back(AT);
-  if (InsertPos)
-    AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(AT, 0);
-}
-
-/// Return the uniqued reference to the deduced template specialization type
-/// which has been deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced
-/// such type, or the canonical deduced-but-dependent such type.
-QualType ASTContext::getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(
-    TemplateName Template, QualType DeducedType, bool IsDependent) const {
-  // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  DeducedTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, Template, DeducedType,
-                                             IsDependent);
-  if (DeducedTemplateSpecializationType *DTST =
-          DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(DTST, 0);
-
-  auto *DTST = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
-      DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(Template, DeducedType, IsDependent);
-  Types.push_back(DTST);
-  if (InsertPos)
-    DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(DTST, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(DTST, 0);
-}
-
-/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
-/// the given value type.
-QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
-  // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
-  // structure.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return QualType(AT, 0);
-
-  // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
-  // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
-  QualType Canonical;
-  if (!T.isCanonical()) {
-    Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
-
-    // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
-    AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
-  }
-  auto *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
-  Types.push_back(New);
-  AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
-  return QualType(New, 0);
-}
-
-/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
-QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
-  if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
-    AutoDeductTy = QualType(
-      new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), AutoTypeKeyword::Auto,
-                                          /*dependent*/false),
-      0);
-  return AutoDeductTy;
-}
-
-/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
-QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
-  if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
-    AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
-  assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
-  return AutoRRefDeductTy;
-}
-
-/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
-/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
-QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
-  assert(Decl);
-  // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
-  // away const?  mutable?
-  return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
-}
-
-/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
-/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
-/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
-CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
-  return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
-}
-
-/// Return the unique signed counterpart of the integer type
-/// corresponding to size_t.
-CanQualType ASTContext::getSignedSizeType() const {
-  return getFromTargetType(Target->getSignedSizeType());
-}
-
-/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
-CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
-  return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
-}
-
-/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
-CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
-  return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
-}
-
-/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
-/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
-QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
-  // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
-  return WCharTy;
-}
-
-/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
-/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
-QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
-  // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
-  return UnsignedIntTy;
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const {
-  return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType());
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const {
-  return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType());
-}
-
-/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
-/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
-QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
-  return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
-}
-
-/// Return the unique unsigned counterpart of "ptrdiff_t"
-/// integer type. The standard (C11 7.21.6.1p7) refers to this type
-/// in the definition of %tu format specifier.
-QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedPointerDiffType() const {
-  return getFromTargetType(Target->getUnsignedPtrDiffType(0));
-}
-
-/// Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in
-/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork().
-QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const {
-  return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType());
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                              Type Operators
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
-  // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
-  // qualifiers.
-  T = getCanonicalType(T);
-  T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
-  const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
-  QualType Result;
-  if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
-    Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
-  } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
-    Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
-  } else {
-    Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
-  }
-
-  return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
-                                             Qualifiers &quals) {
-  SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
-
-  // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
-  // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
-  // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
-  // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
-  const auto *AT =
-      dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
-
-  // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
-  if (!AT) {
-    quals = splitType.Quals;
-    return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
-  }
-
-  // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
-  QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
-  QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
-
-  // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
-  // can just use the results in splitType.
-  if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
-    assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
-    quals = splitType.Quals;
-    return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
-  }
-
-  // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
-  // build the type back up.
-  quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals);
-
-  if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
-    return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
-                                CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
-  }
-
-  if (const auto *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
-    return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
-  }
-
-  if (const auto *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
-    return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
-                                VAT->getSizeExpr(),
-                                VAT->getSizeModifier(),
-                                VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
-                                VAT->getBracketsRange());
-  }
-
-  const auto *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
-  return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
-                                    DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
-                                    SourceRange());
-}
-
-/// Attempt to unwrap two types that may both be array types with the same bound
-/// (or both be array types of unknown bound) for the purpose of comparing the
-/// cv-decomposition of two types per C++ [conv.qual].
-bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarArrayTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
-  bool UnwrappedAny = false;
-  while (true) {
-    auto *AT1 = getAsArrayType(T1);
-    if (!AT1) return UnwrappedAny;
-
-    auto *AT2 = getAsArrayType(T2);
-    if (!AT2) return UnwrappedAny;
-
-    // If we don't have two array types with the same constant bound nor two
-    // incomplete array types, we've unwrapped everything we can.
-    if (auto *CAT1 = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT1)) {
-      auto *CAT2 = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT2);
-      if (!CAT2 || CAT1->getSize() != CAT2->getSize())
-        return UnwrappedAny;
-    } else if (!isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT1) ||
-               !isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT2)) {
-      return UnwrappedAny;
-    }
-
-    T1 = AT1->getElementType();
-    T2 = AT2->getElementType();
-    UnwrappedAny = true;
-  }
-}
-
-/// Attempt to unwrap two types that may be similar (C++ [conv.qual]).
-///
-/// If T1 and T2 are both pointer types of the same kind, or both array types
-/// with the same bound, unwraps layers from T1 and T2 until a pointer type is
-/// unwrapped. Top-level qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored.
-///
-/// This function will typically be called in a loop that successively
-/// "unwraps" pointer and pointer-to-member types to compare them at each
-/// level.
-///
-/// \return \c true if a pointer type was unwrapped, \c false if we reached a
-/// pair of types that can't be unwrapped further.
-bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
-  UnwrapSimilarArrayTypes(T1, T2);
-
-  const auto *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>();
-  const auto *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
-  if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
-    T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
-    T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  const auto *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
-  const auto *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
-  if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
-      hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
-                             QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
-    T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
-    T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
-    const auto *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-    const auto *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-    if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
-      T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
-      T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
-      return true;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::hasSimilarType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
-  while (true) {
-    Qualifiers Quals;
-    T1 = getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, Quals);
-    T2 = getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, Quals);
-    if (hasSameType(T1, T2))
-      return true;
-    if (!UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2))
-      return false;
-  }
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::hasCvrSimilarType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
-  while (true) {
-    Qualifiers Quals1, Quals2;
-    T1 = getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, Quals1);
-    T2 = getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, Quals2);
-
-    Quals1.removeCVRQualifiers();
-    Quals2.removeCVRQualifiers();
-    if (Quals1 != Quals2)
-      return false;
-
-    if (hasSameType(T1, T2))
-      return true;
-
-    if (!UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2))
-      return false;
-  }
-}
-
-DeclarationNameInfo
-ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
-                               SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
-  switch (Name.getKind()) {
-  case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
-  case TemplateName::Template:
-    // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
-    return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
-                               NameLoc);
-
-  case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
-    OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
-    // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
-    return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
-  }
-
-  case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
-    DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
-    DeclarationName DName;
-    if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
-      DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
-      return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
-    } else {
-      DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
-      // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
-      DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
-      DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
-      DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
-      return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
-    }
-  }
-
-  case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
-    SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
-      = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
-    return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
-                               NameLoc);
-  }
-
-  case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
-    SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
-      = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
-    return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
-                               NameLoc);
-  }
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
-}
-
-TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
-  switch (Name.getKind()) {
-  case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
-  case TemplateName::Template: {
-    TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
-    if (auto *TTP  = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
-      Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
-
-    // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
-    return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
-  }
-
-  case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
-    llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
-
-  case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
-    DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
-    assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
-    return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
-  }
-
-  case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
-    SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
-      = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
-    return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
-  }
-
-  case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
-    SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
-                                  = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
-    TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
-      = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
-    TemplateArgument canonArgPack
-      = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
-    return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
-  }
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
-  X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
-  Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
-  return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
-}
-
-TemplateArgument
-ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
-  switch (Arg.getKind()) {
-    case TemplateArgument::Null:
-      return Arg;
-
-    case TemplateArgument::Expression:
-      return Arg;
-
-    case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
-      auto *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
-      return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.getParamTypeForDecl());
-    }
-
-    case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
-      return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()),
-                              /*isNullPtr*/true);
-
-    case TemplateArgument::Template:
-      return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
-
-    case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
-      return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
-                                         Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
-                              Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
-
-    case TemplateArgument::Integral:
-      return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
-
-    case TemplateArgument::Type:
-      return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
-
-    case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
-      if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
-        return Arg;
-
-      auto *CanonArgs = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
-      unsigned Idx = 0;
-      for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
-                                        AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
-           A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
-        CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
-
-      return TemplateArgument(llvm::makeArrayRef(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()));
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Silence GCC warning
-  llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
-}
-
-NestedNameSpecifier *
-ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
-  if (!NNS)
-    return nullptr;
-
-  switch (NNS->getKind()) {
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
-    // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
-    return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
-                         getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
-                                       NNS->getAsIdentifier());
-
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
-    // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
-    // this namespace and no prefix.
-    return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr,
-                                 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
-
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
-    // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
-    // this namespace and no prefix.
-    return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr,
-                                    NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
-                                                      ->getOriginalNamespace());
-
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
-    QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
-
-    // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
-    // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
-    // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
-    // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
-    // types, e.g.,
-    //   typedef typename T::type T1;
-    //   typedef typename T1::type T2;
-    if (const auto *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>())
-      return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(),
-                           const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
-
-    // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec.
-    // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the
-    // first place?
-    return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, false,
-                                       const_cast<Type *>(T.getTypePtr()));
-  }
-
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
-    // The global specifier and __super specifer are canonical and unique.
-    return NNS;
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
-}
-
-const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
-  // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
-  if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
-    // Handle the common positive case fast.
-    if (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
-      return AT;
-  }
-
-  // Handle the common negative case fast.
-  if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
-    return nullptr;
-
-  // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type.  This
-  // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
-  // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
-
-  // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
-  // sugar such as a typedef in the way.  If we have type qualifiers on the type
-  // we must propagate them down into the element type.
-
-  SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
-  Qualifiers qs = split.Quals;
-
-  // If we have a simple case, just return now.
-  const auto *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty);
-  if (!ATy || qs.empty())
-    return ATy;
-
-  // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it.  Push the
-  // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
-  QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
-
-  if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
-    return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
-                                                CAT->getSizeModifier(),
-                                           CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
-  if (const auto *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
-    return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
-                                                  IAT->getSizeModifier(),
-                                           IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
-
-  if (const auto *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
-    return cast<ArrayType>(
-                     getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
-                                                DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
-                                                DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
-                                              DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
-                                                DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
-
-  const auto *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
-  return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
-                                              VAT->getSizeExpr(),
-                                              VAT->getSizeModifier(),
-                                              VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
-                                              VAT->getBracketsRange()));
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const {
-  if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType())
-    return getDecayedType(T);
-  return T;
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const {
-  T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
-  T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
-  return T.getUnqualifiedType();
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getExceptionObjectType(QualType T) const {
-  // C++ [except.throw]p3:
-  //   A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
-  //   object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
-  //   cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
-  //   the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
-  //   or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
-  T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
-  if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType())
-    T = getDecayedType(T);
-  return T.getUnqualifiedType();
-}
-
-/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
-/// specified array type to a pointer.  This operation is non-trivial when
-/// handling typedefs etc.  The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
-/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
-///
-/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
-QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
-  // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
-  // typedefs in the element type of the array.  This also handles propagation
-  // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
-  // (C99 6.7.3p8).
-  const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
-  assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
-
-  QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
-
-  // int x[restrict 4] ->  int *restrict
-  QualType Result = getQualifiedType(PtrTy,
-                                     PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
-
-  // int x[_Nullable] -> int * _Nullable
-  if (auto Nullability = Ty->getNullability(*this)) {
-    Result = const_cast<ASTContext *>(this)->getAttributedType(
-        AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Nullability), Result, Result);
-  }
-  return Result;
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
-  return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
-  Qualifiers qs;
-  while (true) {
-    SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
-    const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
-    if (!array) break;
-
-    type = array->getElementType();
-    qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals);
-  }
-
-  return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
-}
-
-/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
-uint64_t
-ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA)  const {
-  uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
-  do {
-    ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
-    CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(
-      CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
-  } while (CA);
-  return ElementCount;
-}
-
-/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
-/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
-static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
-  if (const auto *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
-    return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
-
-  assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
-  switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
-  default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
-  case BuiltinType::Float16:    return Float16Rank;
-  case BuiltinType::Half:       return HalfRank;
-  case BuiltinType::Float:      return FloatRank;
-  case BuiltinType::Double:     return DoubleRank;
-  case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
-  case BuiltinType::Float128:   return Float128Rank;
-  }
-}
-
-/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
-/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
-/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
-/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
-QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
-                                                       QualType Domain) const {
-  FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
-  if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
-    switch (EltRank) {
-    case Float16Rank:
-    case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
-    case FloatRank:      return FloatComplexTy;
-    case DoubleRank:     return DoubleComplexTy;
-    case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
-    case Float128Rank:   return Float128ComplexTy;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
-  switch (EltRank) {
-  case Float16Rank:    return HalfTy;
-  case HalfRank:       return HalfTy;
-  case FloatRank:      return FloatTy;
-  case DoubleRank:     return DoubleTy;
-  case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
-  case Float128Rank:   return Float128Ty;
-  }
-  llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
-}
-
-/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
-/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
-/// '_Complex double').  If LHS > RHS, return 1.  If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
-/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
-int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
-  FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
-  FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
-
-  if (LHSR == RHSR)
-    return 0;
-  if (LHSR > RHSR)
-    return 1;
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
-/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
-/// or if it is not canonicalized.
-unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
-  assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
-
-  switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
-  default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
-  case BuiltinType::Bool:
-    return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
-  case BuiltinType::Char_S:
-  case BuiltinType::Char_U:
-  case BuiltinType::SChar:
-  case BuiltinType::UChar:
-    return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
-  case BuiltinType::Short:
-  case BuiltinType::UShort:
-    return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
-  case BuiltinType::Int:
-  case BuiltinType::UInt:
-    return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
-  case BuiltinType::Long:
-  case BuiltinType::ULong:
-    return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
-  case BuiltinType::LongLong:
-  case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
-    return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
-  case BuiltinType::Int128:
-  case BuiltinType::UInt128:
-    return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
-  }
-}
-
-/// Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
-/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
-///
-/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
-/// promotion occurs.
-QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
-  if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
-    return {};
-
-  // C++ [conv.prom]p5:
-  //    If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other
-  //    value of that type for promotion purposes.
-  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isEnumeralType())
-    return {};
-
-  // FIXME: We should not do this unless E->refersToBitField() is true. This
-  // matters in C where getSourceBitField() will find bit-fields for various
-  // cases where the source expression is not a bit-field designator.
-
-  FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields?
-  if (!Field)
-    return {};
-
-  QualType FT = Field->getType();
-
-  uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
-  uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
-  // C++ [conv.prom]p5:
-  //   A prvalue for an integral bit-field can be converted to a prvalue of type
-  //   int if int can represent all the values of the bit-field; otherwise, it
-  //   can be converted to unsigned int if unsigned int can represent all the
-  //   values of the bit-field. If the bit-field is larger yet, no integral
-  //   promotion applies to it.
-  // C11 6.3.1.1/2:
-  //   [For a bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int:]
-  //   If an int can represent all values of the original type (as restricted by
-  //   the width, for a bit-field), the value is converted to an int; otherwise,
-  //   it is converted to an unsigned int.
-  //
-  // FIXME: C does not permit promotion of a 'long : 3' bitfield to int.
-  //        We perform that promotion here to match GCC and C++.
-  // FIXME: C does not permit promotion of an enum bit-field whose rank is
-  //        greater than that of 'int'. We perform that promotion to match GCC.
-  if (BitWidth < IntSize)
-    return IntTy;
-
-  if (BitWidth == IntSize)
-    return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
-
-  // Bit-fields wider than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
-  // like the base type. GCC has some weird bugs in this area that we
-  // deliberately do not follow (GCC follows a pre-standard resolution to
-  // C's DR315 which treats bit-width as being part of the type, and this leaks
-  // into their semantics in some cases).
-  return {};
-}
-
-/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
-/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
-/// integer type.
-QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
-  assert(!Promotable.isNull());
-  assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
-  if (const auto *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
-    return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
-
-  if (const auto *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
-    // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
-    // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
-    // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
-    // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
-    // unsigned long long int [...]
-    // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
-    if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
-        BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
-        BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char8 ||
-        BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
-        BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
-      bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
-      uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
-      QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
-                                  LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
-      for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
-        uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
-        if (FromSize < ToSize ||
-            (FromSize == ToSize &&
-             FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
-          return PromoteTypes[Idx];
-      }
-      llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
-    }
-  }
-
-  // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
-  if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
-    return IntTy;
-  uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable);
-  uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy);
-  assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
-  return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
-}
-
-/// Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
-/// type and returns its ownership.
-Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
-  while (!T.isNull()) {
-    if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
-      return T.getObjCLifetime();
-    if (T->isArrayType())
-      T = getBaseElementType(T);
-    else if (const auto *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
-      T = PT->getPointeeType();
-    else if (const auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
-      T = RT->getPointeeType();
-    else
-      break;
-  }
-
-  return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
-}
-
-static const Type *getIntegerTypeForEnum(const EnumType *ET) {
-  // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
-  // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
-  if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete() && !ET->getDecl()->isScoped())
-    return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr();
-  return nullptr;
-}
-
-/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
-/// C99 6.3.1.8p1.  If LHS > RHS, return 1.  If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
-/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
-int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
-  const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
-  const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
-
-  // Unwrap enums to their underlying type.
-  if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(LHSC))
-    LHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET);
-  if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(RHSC))
-    RHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET);
-
-  if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
-
-  bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
-  bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
-
-  unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
-  unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
-
-  if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) {  // Both signed or both unsigned.
-    if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
-    return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
-  }
-
-  // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
-  if (LHSUnsigned) {
-    // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
-    if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
-      return 1;
-
-    // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
-    // wins.  Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
-    // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
-    return -1;
-  }
-
-  // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
-  if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
-    return -1;
-
-  // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
-  // wins.  Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
-  // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
-  return 1;
-}
-
-TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringDecl() const {
-  if (CFConstantStringTypeDecl)
-    return CFConstantStringTypeDecl;
-
-  assert(!CFConstantStringTagDecl &&
-         "tag and typedef should be initialized together");
-  CFConstantStringTagDecl = buildImplicitRecord("__NSConstantString_tag");
-  CFConstantStringTagDecl->startDefinition();
-
-  struct {
-    QualType Type;
-    const char *Name;
-  } Fields[5];
-  unsigned Count = 0;
-
-  /// Objective-C ABI
-  ///
-  ///    typedef struct __NSConstantString_tag {
-  ///      const int *isa;
-  ///      int flags;
-  ///      const char *str;
-  ///      long length;
-  ///    } __NSConstantString;
-  ///
-  /// Swift ABI (4.1, 4.2)
-  ///
-  ///    typedef struct __NSConstantString_tag {
-  ///      uintptr_t _cfisa;
-  ///      uintptr_t _swift_rc;
-  ///      _Atomic(uint64_t) _cfinfoa;
-  ///      const char *_ptr;
-  ///      uint32_t _length;
-  ///    } __NSConstantString;
-  ///
-  /// Swift ABI (5.0)
-  ///
-  ///    typedef struct __NSConstantString_tag {
-  ///      uintptr_t _cfisa;
-  ///      uintptr_t _swift_rc;
-  ///      _Atomic(uint64_t) _cfinfoa;
-  ///      const char *_ptr;
-  ///      uintptr_t _length;
-  ///    } __NSConstantString;
-
-  const auto CFRuntime = getLangOpts().CFRuntime;
-  if (static_cast<unsigned>(CFRuntime) <
-      static_cast<unsigned>(LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift)) {
-    Fields[Count++] = { getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()), "isa" };
-    Fields[Count++] = { IntTy, "flags" };
-    Fields[Count++] = { getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()), "str" };
-    Fields[Count++] = { LongTy, "length" };
-  } else {
-    Fields[Count++] = { getUIntPtrType(), "_cfisa" };
-    Fields[Count++] = { getUIntPtrType(), "_swift_rc" };
-    Fields[Count++] = { getFromTargetType(Target->getUInt64Type()), "_swift_rc" };
-    Fields[Count++] = { getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()), "_ptr" };
-    if (CFRuntime == LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift4_1 ||
-        CFRuntime == LangOptions::CoreFoundationABI::Swift4_2)
-      Fields[Count++] = { IntTy, "_ptr" };
-    else
-      Fields[Count++] = { getUIntPtrType(), "_ptr" };
-  }
-
-  // Create fields
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i < Count; ++i) {
-    FieldDecl *Field =
-        FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTagDecl, SourceLocation(),
-                          SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(Fields[i].Name),
-                          Fields[i].Type, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
-                          /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit);
-    Field->setAccess(AS_public);
-    CFConstantStringTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
-  }
-
-  CFConstantStringTagDecl->completeDefinition();
-  // This type is designed to be compatible with NSConstantString, but cannot
-  // use the same name, since NSConstantString is an interface.
-  auto tagType = getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTagDecl);
-  CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
-      buildImplicitTypedef(tagType, "__NSConstantString");
-
-  return CFConstantStringTypeDecl;
-}
-
-RecordDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringTagDecl() const {
-  if (!CFConstantStringTagDecl)
-    getCFConstantStringDecl(); // Build the tag and the typedef.
-  return CFConstantStringTagDecl;
-}
-
-// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
-QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
-  return getTypedefType(getCFConstantStringDecl());
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const {
-  if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) {
-    RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = buildImplicitRecord("objc_super");
-    TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
-    ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
-  }
-  return ObjCSuperType;
-}
-
-void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
-  const auto *TD = T->getAs<TypedefType>();
-  assert(TD && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
-  CFConstantStringTypeDecl = cast<TypedefDecl>(TD->getDecl());
-  const auto *TagType =
-      CFConstantStringTypeDecl->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<RecordType>();
-  assert(TagType && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
-  CFConstantStringTagDecl = TagType->getDecl();
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
-  if (BlockDescriptorType)
-    return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
-
-  RecordDecl *RD;
-  // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
-  RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor");
-  RD->startDefinition();
-
-  QualType FieldTypes[] = {
-    UnsignedLongTy,
-    UnsignedLongTy,
-  };
-
-  static const char *const FieldNames[] = {
-    "reserved",
-    "Size"
-  };
-
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
-    FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
-        *this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
-        &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
-        /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit);
-    Field->setAccess(AS_public);
-    RD->addDecl(Field);
-  }
-
-  RD->completeDefinition();
-
-  BlockDescriptorType = RD;
-
-  return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
-  if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
-    return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
-
-  RecordDecl *RD;
-  // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
-  RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose");
-  RD->startDefinition();
-
-  QualType FieldTypes[] = {
-    UnsignedLongTy,
-    UnsignedLongTy,
-    getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
-    getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
-  };
-
-  static const char *const FieldNames[] = {
-    "reserved",
-    "Size",
-    "CopyFuncPtr",
-    "DestroyFuncPtr"
-  };
-
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
-    FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
-        *this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
-        &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
-        /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
-        /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit);
-    Field->setAccess(AS_public);
-    RD->addDecl(Field);
-  }
-
-  RD->completeDefinition();
-
-  BlockDescriptorExtendedType = RD;
-  return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
-}
-
-TargetInfo::OpenCLTypeKind ASTContext::getOpenCLTypeKind(const Type *T) const {
-  const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T);
-
-  if (!BT) {
-    if (isa<PipeType>(T))
-      return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Pipe;
-
-    return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Default;
-  }
-
-  switch (BT->getKind()) {
-#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix)                   \
-  case BuiltinType::Id:                                                        \
-    return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Image;
-#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
-
-  case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
-    return TargetInfo::OCLTK_ClkEvent;
-
-  case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
-    return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Event;
-
-  case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
-    return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Queue;
-
-  case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
-    return TargetInfo::OCLTK_ReserveID;
-
-  case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
-    return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Sampler;
-
-  default:
-    return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Default;
-  }
-}
-
-LangAS ASTContext::getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(const Type *T) const {
-  return Target->getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(getOpenCLTypeKind(T));
-}
-
-/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty"
-/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic
-/// in buildByrefHelpers.
-bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty,
-                                      const VarDecl *D) {
-  if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
-    const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInit(D).getCopyExpr();
-    if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false;
-
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  // The block needs copy/destroy helpers if Ty is non-trivial to destructively
-  // move or destroy.
-  if (Ty.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() || Ty.isDestructedType())
-    return true;
-
-  if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false;
-
-  Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers();
-
-  // If we have lifetime, that dominates.
-  if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) {
-    switch (lifetime) {
-      case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible");
-
-      // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned.
-      case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
-      case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
-        return false;
-
-      // These cases should have been taken care of when checking the type's
-      // non-triviality.
-      case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
-      case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
-        llvm_unreachable("impossible");
-    }
-    llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!");
-  }
-  return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) ||
-          Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType());
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty,
-                              Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime,
-                              bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const {
-  if (!getLangOpts().ObjC ||
-      getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
-    return false;
-
-  HasByrefExtendedLayout = false;
-  if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
-    HasByrefExtendedLayout = true;
-    LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
-  } else if ((LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime())) {
-    // Honor the ARC qualifiers.
-  } else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
-    // The MRR rule.
-    LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
-  } else {
-    LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
-  }
-  return true;
-}
-
-TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
-  if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
-    ObjCInstanceTypeDecl =
-        buildImplicitTypedef(getObjCIdType(), "instancetype");
-  return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
-}
-
-// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
-// typedef <type> BOOL;
-static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
-  if (const auto *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
-    if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
-      return II->isStr("BOOL");
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
-/// purpose.
-CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
-  if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
-    return CharUnits::Zero();
-
-  CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
-
-  // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
-  if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
-    sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
-  // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
-  else if (type->isArrayType())
-    sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
-  return sz;
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(const VarDecl *VD) const {
-  return getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
-         VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
-         VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
-         !VD->getFirstDecl()->isOutOfLine() && VD->getFirstDecl()->hasInit();
-}
-
-ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind
-ASTContext::getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(const VarDecl *VD) const {
-  if (!VD->isInline())
-    return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::None;
-
-  // In almost all cases, it's a weak definition.
-  auto *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
-  if (First->isInlineSpecified() || !First->isStaticDataMember())
-    return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Weak;
-
-  // If there's a file-context declaration in this translation unit, it's a
-  // non-discardable definition.
-  for (auto *D : VD->redecls())
-    if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
-        !D->isInlineSpecified() && (D->isConstexpr() || First->isConstexpr()))
-      return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong;
-
-  // If we've not seen one yet, we don't know.
-  return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown;
-}
-
-static std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
-  return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
-}
-
-/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
-/// declaration.
-std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
-  std::string S;
-
-  const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
-  QualType BlockTy =
-      Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-  // Encode result type.
-  if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
-    getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(
-        Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), S,
-        true /*Extended*/);
-  else
-    getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), S);
-  // Compute size of all parameters.
-  // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
-  // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
-  CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
-  CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
-  for (auto PI : Decl->parameters()) {
-    QualType PType = PI->getType();
-    CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
-    if (sz.isZero())
-      continue;
-    assert(sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
-    ParmOffset += sz;
-  }
-  // Size of the argument frame
-  S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
-  // Block pointer and offset.
-  S += "@?0";
-
-  // Argument types.
-  ParmOffset = PtrSize;
-  for (auto PVDecl : Decl->parameters()) {
-    QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
-    if (const auto *AT =
-            dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
-      // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
-      // elements.
-      if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
-        PType = PVDecl->getType();
-    } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
-      PType = PVDecl->getType();
-    if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
-      getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType,
-                                      S, true /*Extended*/);
-    else
-      getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
-    S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
-    ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
-  }
-
-  return S;
-}
-
-std::string
-ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl) const {
-  std::string S;
-  // Encode result type.
-  getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getReturnType(), S);
-  CharUnits ParmOffset;
-  // Compute size of all parameters.
-  for (auto PI : Decl->parameters()) {
-    QualType PType = PI->getType();
-    CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
-    if (sz.isZero())
-      continue;
-
-    assert(sz.isPositive() &&
-           "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
-    ParmOffset += sz;
-  }
-  S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
-  ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
-
-  // Argument types.
-  for (auto PVDecl : Decl->parameters()) {
-    QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
-    if (const auto *AT =
-            dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
-      // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
-      // elements.
-      if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
-        PType = PVDecl->getType();
-    } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
-      PType = PVDecl->getType();
-    getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
-    S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
-    ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
-  }
-
-  return S;
-}
-
-/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
-/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
-/// block object types.
-void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
-                                                   QualType T, std::string& S,
-                                                   bool Extended) const {
-  // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
-  getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
-  // Encode parameter type.
-  getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, nullptr,
-                             true     /*OutermostType*/,
-                             false    /*EncodingProperty*/,
-                             false    /*StructField*/,
-                             Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
-                             Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
-}
-
-/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
-/// declaration.
-std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
-                                                     bool Extended) const {
-  // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
-  // Encode return type.
-  std::string S;
-  getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
-                                    Decl->getReturnType(), S, Extended);
-  // Compute size of all parameters.
-  // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
-  // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
-  CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
-  // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
-  // their size.
-  CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
-  for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
-       E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
-    QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
-    CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
-    if (sz.isZero())
-      continue;
-
-    assert(sz.isPositive() &&
-           "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
-    ParmOffset += sz;
-  }
-  S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
-  S += "@0:";
-  S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
-
-  // Argument types.
-  ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
-  for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
-       E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
-    const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
-    QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
-    if (const auto *AT =
-            dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
-      // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
-      // elements.
-      if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
-        PType = PVDecl->getType();
-    } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
-      PType = PVDecl->getType();
-    getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
-                                      PType, S, Extended);
-    S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
-    ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
-  }
-
-  return S;
-}
-
-ObjCPropertyImplDecl *
-ASTContext::getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl(
-                                      const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
-                                      const Decl *Container) const {
-  if (!Container)
-    return nullptr;
-  if (const auto *CID = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
-    for (auto *PID : CID->property_impls())
-      if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD)
-        return PID;
-  } else {
-    const auto *OID = cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
-    for (auto *PID : OID->property_impls())
-      if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD)
-        return PID;
-  }
-  return nullptr;
-}
-
-/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
-/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
-/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
-/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
-/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
-/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
-/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
-/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
-/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
-/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
-/// @code
-/// enum PropertyAttributes {
-/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R',   // property is read-only.
-/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C',     // property is a copy of the value last assigned
-/// kPropertyByref = '&',  // property is a reference to the value last assigned
-/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D',    // property is dynamic
-/// kPropertyGetter = 'G',     // followed by getter selector name
-/// kPropertySetter = 'S',     // followed by setter selector name
-/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V'  // followed by instance variable  name
-/// kPropertyType = 'T'              // followed by old-style type encoding.
-/// kPropertyWeak = 'W'              // 'weak' property
-/// kPropertyStrong = 'P'            // property GC'able
-/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N'         // property non-atomic
-/// };
-/// @endcode
-std::string
-ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
-                                           const Decl *Container) const {
-  // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
-  bool Dynamic = false;
-  ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = nullptr;
-
-  if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropertyImpDecl =
-      getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl(PD, Container)) {
-    if (PropertyImpDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic)
-      Dynamic = true;
-    else
-      SynthesizePID = PropertyImpDecl;
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
-  std::string S = "T";
-
-  // Encode result type.
-  // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
-  // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
-  getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(PD->getType(), S);
-
-  if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
-    S += ",R";
-    if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy)
-      S += ",C";
-    if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain)
-      S += ",&";
-    if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak)
-      S += ",W";
-  } else {
-    switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
-    case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
-    case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy:   S += ",C"; break;
-    case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
-    case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak:   S += ",W"; break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
-  // are "dynamic by default".
-  if (Dynamic)
-    S += ",D";
-
-  if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
-    S += ",N";
-
-  if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
-    S += ",G";
-    S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
-  }
-
-  if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
-    S += ",S";
-    S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
-  }
-
-  if (SynthesizePID) {
-    const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
-    S += ",V";
-    S += OID->getNameAsString();
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
-  return S;
-}
-
-/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
-/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
-/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always.  For typedefs, we need to use
-/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
-void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
-  if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
-    if (const auto *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
-      if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
-        PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
-      else
-        if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
-          PointeeTy = IntTy;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
-                                        const FieldDecl *Field,
-                                        QualType *NotEncodedT) const {
-  // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
-  // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
-  // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
-  // same type.
-  getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
-                             true /* outermost type */, false, false,
-                             false, false, false, NotEncodedT);
-}
-
-void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(QualType T,
-                                                std::string& S) const {
-  // Encode result type.
-  // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
-  // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
-  getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, nullptr,
-                             true /* outermost type */,
-                             true /* encoding property */);
-}
-
-static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C,
-                                            BuiltinType::Kind kind) {
-    switch (kind) {
-    case BuiltinType::Void:       return 'v';
-    case BuiltinType::Bool:       return 'B';
-    case BuiltinType::Char8:
-    case BuiltinType::Char_U:
-    case BuiltinType::UChar:      return 'C';
-    case BuiltinType::Char16:
-    case BuiltinType::UShort:     return 'S';
-    case BuiltinType::Char32:
-    case BuiltinType::UInt:       return 'I';
-    case BuiltinType::ULong:
-        return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
-    case BuiltinType::UInt128:    return 'T';
-    case BuiltinType::ULongLong:  return 'Q';
-    case BuiltinType::Char_S:
-    case BuiltinType::SChar:      return 'c';
-    case BuiltinType::Short:      return 's';
-    case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
-    case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
-    case BuiltinType::Int:        return 'i';
-    case BuiltinType::Long:
-      return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
-    case BuiltinType::LongLong:   return 'q';
-    case BuiltinType::Int128:     return 't';
-    case BuiltinType::Float:      return 'f';
-    case BuiltinType::Double:     return 'd';
-    case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
-    case BuiltinType::NullPtr:    return '*'; // like char*
-
-    case BuiltinType::Float16:
-    case BuiltinType::Float128:
-    case BuiltinType::Half:
-    case BuiltinType::ShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::Accum:
-    case BuiltinType::LongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::UShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::UAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::ULongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::ShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::Fract:
-    case BuiltinType::LongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::UShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::UFract:
-    case BuiltinType::ULongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatLongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatULongFract:
-      // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these!
-      return ' ';
-
-    case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
-    case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
-    case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
-      llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type");
-
-    // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings.
-#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
-    case BuiltinType::Id:
-#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
-#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
-    case BuiltinType::Id:
-#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
-    case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
-    case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
-    case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
-    case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
-    case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
-    case BuiltinType::Dependent:
-#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID)
-#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \
-    case BuiltinType::KIND:
-#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
-      llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode");
-    }
-    llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value");
-}
-
-static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
-  EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
-
-  // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
-  if (!Enum->isFixed())
-    return 'i';
-
-  // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
-  const auto *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
-  return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind());
-}
-
-static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
-                           QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
-  assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
-  S += 'b';
-  // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
-  // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
-  // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
-  // bitfield, then the size in bits.  For example, in this structure:
-  //
-  // struct
-  // {
-  //    int integer;
-  //    int flags:2;
-  // };
-  // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
-  // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime.  The reason for this extra
-  // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
-  // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
-  // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
-  if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) {
-    uint64_t Offset;
-
-    if (const auto *IVD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(FD)) {
-      Offset = Ctx->lookupFieldBitOffset(IVD->getContainingInterface(), nullptr,
-                                         IVD);
-    } else {
-      const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
-      const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
-      Offset = RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex());
-    }
-
-    S += llvm::utostr(Offset);
-
-    if (const auto *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
-      S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
-    else {
-      const auto *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>();
-      S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind());
-    }
-  }
-  S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
-}
-
-// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
-void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
-                                            bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
-                                            bool ExpandStructures,
-                                            const FieldDecl *FD,
-                                            bool OutermostType,
-                                            bool EncodingProperty,
-                                            bool StructField,
-                                            bool EncodeBlockParameters,
-                                            bool EncodeClassNames,
-                                            bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef,
-                                            QualType *NotEncodedT) const {
-  CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T);
-  switch (CT->getTypeClass()) {
-  case Type::Builtin:
-  case Type::Enum:
-    if (FD && FD->isBitField())
-      return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
-    if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT))
-      S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind());
-    else
-      S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT));
-    return;
-
-  case Type::Complex: {
-    const auto *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>();
-    S += 'j';
-    getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, nullptr);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  case Type::Atomic: {
-    const auto *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>();
-    S += 'A';
-    getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, nullptr);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // encoding for pointer or reference types.
-  case Type::Pointer:
-  case Type::LValueReference:
-  case Type::RValueReference: {
-    QualType PointeeTy;
-    if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) {
-      const auto *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>();
-      if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
-        S += ':';
-        return;
-      }
-      PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
-    } else {
-      PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
-    }
-
-    bool isReadOnly = false;
-    // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
-    // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'.  The read-only qualifier of
-    // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
-    // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
-    if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
-      if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
-        isReadOnly = true;
-        S += 'r';
-      }
-    } else if (OutermostType) {
-      QualType P = PointeeTy;
-      while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
-        P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-      if (P.isConstQualified()) {
-        isReadOnly = true;
-        S += 'r';
-      }
-    }
-    if (isReadOnly) {
-      // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
-      // combinations need to be rearranged.
-      // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
-      if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
-        S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
-    }
-
-    if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
-      // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
-      // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
-      if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
-        S += '*';
-        return;
-      }
-    } else if (const auto *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-      // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
-      if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
-        S += '#';
-        return;
-      }
-      // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
-      if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
-        S += '@';
-        return;
-      }
-      // fall through...
-    }
-    S += '^';
-    getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
-
-    getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
-                               nullptr, false, false, false, false, false, false,
-                               NotEncodedT);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  case Type::ConstantArray:
-  case Type::IncompleteArray:
-  case Type::VariableArray: {
-    const auto *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT);
-
-    if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
-      // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
-      S += '^';
-
-      getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
-                                 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
-    } else {
-      S += '[';
-
-      if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
-        S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
-      else {
-        //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
-        assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
-               "Unknown array type!");
-        S += '0';
-      }
-
-      getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
-                                 false, ExpandStructures, FD,
-                                 false, false, false, false, false, false,
-                                 NotEncodedT);
-      S += ']';
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-
-  case Type::FunctionNoProto:
-  case Type::FunctionProto:
-    S += '?';
-    return;
-
-  case Type::Record: {
-    RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl();
-    S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
-    // Anonymous structures print as '?'
-    if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
-      S += II->getName();
-      if (const auto *Spec = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
-        const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
-        llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S);
-        printTemplateArgumentList(OS, TemplateArgs.asArray(),
-                                  getPrintingPolicy());
-      }
-    } else {
-      S += '?';
-    }
-    if (ExpandStructures) {
-      S += '=';
-      if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
-        getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD, true, NotEncodedT);
-      } else {
-        for (const auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) {
-          if (FD) {
-            S += '"';
-            S += Field->getNameAsString();
-            S += '"';
-          }
-
-          // Special case bit-fields.
-          if (Field->isBitField()) {
-            getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
-                                       Field);
-          } else {
-            QualType qt = Field->getType();
-            getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
-            getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
-                                       FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
-                                       /*EncodingProperty*/false,
-                                       /*StructField*/true,
-                                       false, false, false, NotEncodedT);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
-    return;
-  }
-
-  case Type::BlockPointer: {
-    const auto *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>();
-    S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
-    if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
-      const auto *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
-
-      S += '<';
-      // Block return type
-      getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(
-          FT->getReturnType(), S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
-          FD, false /* OutermostType */, EncodingProperty,
-          false /* StructField */, EncodeBlockParameters, EncodeClassNames, false,
-                                 NotEncodedT);
-      // Block self
-      S += "@?";
-      // Block parameters
-      if (const auto *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
-        for (const auto &I : FPT->param_types())
-          getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(
-              I, S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, FD,
-              false /* OutermostType */, EncodingProperty,
-              false /* StructField */, EncodeBlockParameters, EncodeClassNames,
-                                     false, NotEncodedT);
-      }
-      S += '>';
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-
-  case Type::ObjCObject: {
-    // hack to match legacy encoding of *id and *Class
-    QualType Ty = getObjCObjectPointerType(CT);
-    if (Ty->isObjCIdType()) {
-      S += "{objc_object=}";
-      return;
-    }
-    else if (Ty->isObjCClassType()) {
-      S += "{objc_class=}";
-      return;
-    }
-    // TODO: Double check to make sure this intentionally falls through.
-    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
-  }
-
-  case Type::ObjCInterface: {
-    // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
-    // @encode(class_name)
-    ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface();
-    S += '{';
-    S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
-    if (ExpandStructures) {
-      S += '=';
-      SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
-      DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-        const FieldDecl *Field = Ivars[i];
-        if (Field->isBitField())
-          getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
-        else
-          getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD,
-                                     false, false, false, false, false,
-                                     EncodePointerToObjCTypedef,
-                                     NotEncodedT);
-      }
-    }
-    S += '}';
-    return;
-  }
-
-  case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
-    const auto *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-    if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
-      S += '@';
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
-      // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
-      // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
-      // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obscure construct.
-      S += '#';
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
-      getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
-                                 ExpandPointedToStructures,
-                                 ExpandStructures, FD);
-      if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
-        // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
-        // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
-        S += '"';
-        for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) {
-          S += '<';
-          S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
-          S += '>';
-        }
-        S += '"';
-      }
-      return;
-    }
-
-    QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
-    if (!EncodingProperty &&
-        isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) &&
-        !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) {
-      // Another historical/compatibility reason.
-      // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
-      // {...};
-      S += '^';
-      if (FD && OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
-        // Prevent recursive encoding of fields in some rare cases.
-        ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OPT->getInterfaceDecl();
-        SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
-        DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
-        for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-          if (Ivars[i] == FD) {
-            S += '{';
-            S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
-            S += '}';
-            return;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
-                                 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
-                                 nullptr,
-                                 false, false, false, false, false,
-                                 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true);
-      return;
-    }
-
-    S += '@';
-    if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
-        (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
-      S += '"';
-      S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
-      for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) {
-        S += '<';
-        S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
-        S += '>';
-      }
-      S += '"';
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
-  // FIXME: we shoul do better than that.  'M' is available.
-  case Type::MemberPointer:
-  // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is insufficient.
-  //FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
-  case Type::Vector:
-  case Type::ExtVector:
-  // Until we have a coherent encoding of these three types, issue warning.
-    if (NotEncodedT)
-      *NotEncodedT = T;
-    return;
-
-  // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery.
-  // Just ignore it.
-  case Type::Auto:
-  case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
-    return;
-
-  case Type::Pipe:
-#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE)
-#define TYPE(KIND, BASE)
-#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
-  case Type::KIND:
-#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
-  case Type::KIND:
-#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
-  case Type::KIND:
-#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
-    llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!");
-  }
-  llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!");
-}
-
-void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
-                                                 std::string &S,
-                                                 const FieldDecl *FD,
-                                                 bool includeVBases,
-                                                 QualType *NotEncodedT) const {
-  assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
-  assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
-  if (!RDecl->getDefinition() || RDecl->getDefinition()->isInvalidDecl())
-    return;
-
-  const auto *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
-  std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
-  const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
-
-  if (CXXRec) {
-    for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->bases()) {
-      if (!BI.isVirtual()) {
-        CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
-        if (base->isEmpty())
-          continue;
-        uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base));
-        FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
-                                  std::make_pair(offs, base));
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  unsigned i = 0;
-  for (auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) {
-    uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
-    FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
-                              std::make_pair(offs, Field));
-    ++i;
-  }
-
-  if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
-    for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->vbases()) {
-      CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
-      if (base->isEmpty())
-        continue;
-      uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base));
-      if (offs >= uint64_t(toBits(layout.getNonVirtualSize())) &&
-          FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
-        FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
-                                  std::make_pair(offs, base));
-    }
-  }
-
-  CharUnits size;
-  if (CXXRec) {
-    size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
-  } else {
-    size = layout.getSize();
-  }
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
-#endif
-  std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
-    CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
-
-  if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
-      (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) {
-    if (FD) {
-      S += "\"_vptr$";
-      std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
-      if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
-      S += recname;
-      S += '"';
-    }
-    S += "^^?";
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
-#endif
-  }
-
-  if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
-    // Mark the end of the structure.
-    uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
-    FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
-                              std::make_pair(offs, nullptr));
-  }
-
-  for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
-    if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
-      uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
-      // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
-      // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
-      // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
-      // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
-      // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
-      // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
-      // longer then though.
-      CurOffs += padding;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
-    if (!dcl)
-      break; // reached end of structure.
-
-    if (auto *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
-      // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
-      // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
-      // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
-      // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
-      getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false,
-                                      NotEncodedT);
-      assert(!base->isEmpty());
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-      CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
-#endif
-    } else {
-      const auto *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
-      if (FD) {
-        S += '"';
-        S += field->getNameAsString();
-        S += '"';
-      }
-
-      if (field->isBitField()) {
-        EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-        CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
-#endif
-      } else {
-        QualType qt = field->getType();
-        getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
-        getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
-                                   /*OutermostType*/false,
-                                   /*EncodingProperty*/false,
-                                   /*StructField*/true,
-                                   false, false, false, NotEncodedT);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-        CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
-#endif
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
-                                                 std::string& S) const {
-  if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
-    S += 'n';
-  if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
-    S += 'N';
-  if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
-    S += 'o';
-  if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
-    S += 'O';
-  if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
-    S += 'R';
-  if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
-    S += 'V';
-}
-
-TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
-  if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
-    QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, {}, {});
-    T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
-    ObjCIdDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "id");
-  }
-  return ObjCIdDecl;
-}
-
-TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
-  if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
-    QualType T = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
-    ObjCSelDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "SEL");
-  }
-  return ObjCSelDecl;
-}
-
-TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
-  if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
-    QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, {}, {});
-    T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
-    ObjCClassDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "Class");
-  }
-  return ObjCClassDecl;
-}
-
-ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
-  if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
-    ObjCProtocolClassDecl
-      = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
-                                  SourceLocation(),
-                                  &Idents.get("Protocol"),
-                                  /*typeParamList=*/nullptr,
-                                  /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
-                                  SourceLocation(), true);
-  }
-
-  return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
-                                                 StringRef Name) {
-  // typedef char* __builtin[_ms]_va_list;
-  QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy);
-  return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, Name);
-}
-
-static TypedefDecl *CreateMSVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
-  return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_ms_va_list");
-}
-
-static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
-  return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_va_list");
-}
-
-static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
-  // typedef void* __builtin_va_list;
-  QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
-  return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list");
-}
-
-static TypedefDecl *
-CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
-  // struct __va_list
-  RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list");
-  if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
-    // namespace std { struct __va_list {
-    NamespaceDecl *NS;
-    NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
-                               Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
-                               /*Inline*/ false, SourceLocation(),
-                               SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
-                               /*PrevDecl*/ nullptr);
-    NS->setImplicit();
-    VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
-  }
-
-  VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
-
-  const size_t NumFields = 5;
-  QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
-  const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
-
-  // void *__stack;
-  FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
-  FieldNames[0] = "__stack";
-
-  // void *__gr_top;
-  FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
-  FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top";
-
-  // void *__vr_top;
-  FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
-  FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top";
-
-  // int __gr_offs;
-  FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy;
-  FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs";
-
-  // int __vr_offs;
-  FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy;
-  FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs";
-
-  // Create fields
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
-    FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
-                                         VaListTagDecl,
-                                         SourceLocation(),
-                                         SourceLocation(),
-                                         &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
-                                         FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
-                                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
-                                         /*Mutable=*/false,
-                                         ICIS_NoInit);
-    Field->setAccess(AS_public);
-    VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
-  }
-  VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
-  Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
-  QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
-
-  // } __builtin_va_list;
-  return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__builtin_va_list");
-}
-
-static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
-  // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
-  RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
-
-  VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag");
-  VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
-
-  const size_t NumFields = 5;
-  QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
-  const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
-
-  //   unsigned char gpr;
-  FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
-  FieldNames[0] = "gpr";
-
-  //   unsigned char fpr;
-  FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
-  FieldNames[1] = "fpr";
-
-  //   unsigned short reserved;
-  FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy;
-  FieldNames[2] = "reserved";
-
-  //   void* overflow_arg_area;
-  FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
-  FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area";
-
-  //   void* reg_save_area;
-  FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
-  FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area";
-
-  // Create fields
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
-    FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl,
-                                         SourceLocation(),
-                                         SourceLocation(),
-                                         &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
-                                         FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
-                                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
-                                         /*Mutable=*/false,
-                                         ICIS_NoInit);
-    Field->setAccess(AS_public);
-    VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
-  }
-  VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
-  Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
-  QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
-
-  // } __va_list_tag;
-  TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl =
-      Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__va_list_tag");
-
-  QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
-    Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
-
-  // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
-  llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
-  QualType VaListTagArrayType
-    = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
-                                    Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
-  return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
-}
-
-static TypedefDecl *
-CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
-  // struct __va_list_tag {
-  RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
-  VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag");
-  VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
-
-  const size_t NumFields = 4;
-  QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
-  const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
-
-  //   unsigned gp_offset;
-  FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
-  FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset";
-
-  //   unsigned fp_offset;
-  FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
-  FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset";
-
-  //   void* overflow_arg_area;
-  FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
-  FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area";
-
-  //   void* reg_save_area;
-  FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
-  FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area";
-
-  // Create fields
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
-    FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
-                                         VaListTagDecl,
-                                         SourceLocation(),
-                                         SourceLocation(),
-                                         &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
-                                         FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
-                                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
-                                         /*Mutable=*/false,
-                                         ICIS_NoInit);
-    Field->setAccess(AS_public);
-    VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
-  }
-  VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
-  Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
-  QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
-
-  // };
-
-  // typedef struct __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
-  llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
-  QualType VaListTagArrayType =
-      Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
-  return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
-}
-
-static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
-  // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4];
-  llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4);
-  QualType IntArrayType =
-      Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
-  return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(IntArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
-}
-
-static TypedefDecl *
-CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
-  // struct __va_list
-  RecordDecl *VaListDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list");
-  if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
-    // namespace std { struct __va_list {
-    NamespaceDecl *NS;
-    NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
-                               Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
-                               /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
-                               SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
-                               /*PrevDecl*/ nullptr);
-    NS->setImplicit();
-    VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
-  }
-
-  VaListDecl->startDefinition();
-
-  // void * __ap;
-  FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
-                                       VaListDecl,
-                                       SourceLocation(),
-                                       SourceLocation(),
-                                       &Context->Idents.get("__ap"),
-                                       Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy),
-                                       /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
-                                       /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
-                                       /*Mutable=*/false,
-                                       ICIS_NoInit);
-  Field->setAccess(AS_public);
-  VaListDecl->addDecl(Field);
-
-  // };
-  VaListDecl->completeDefinition();
-  Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListDecl;
-
-  // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list;
-  QualType T = Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl);
-  return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list");
-}
-
-static TypedefDecl *
-CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
-  // struct __va_list_tag {
-  RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
-  VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag");
-  VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
-
-  const size_t NumFields = 4;
-  QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
-  const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
-
-  //   long __gpr;
-  FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy;
-  FieldNames[0] = "__gpr";
-
-  //   long __fpr;
-  FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy;
-  FieldNames[1] = "__fpr";
-
-  //   void *__overflow_arg_area;
-  FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
-  FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area";
-
-  //   void *__reg_save_area;
-  FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
-  FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area";
-
-  // Create fields
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
-    FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
-                                         VaListTagDecl,
-                                         SourceLocation(),
-                                         SourceLocation(),
-                                         &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
-                                         FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
-                                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
-                                         /*Mutable=*/false,
-                                         ICIS_NoInit);
-    Field->setAccess(AS_public);
-    VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
-  }
-  VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
-  Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
-  QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
-
-  // };
-
-  // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
-  llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
-  QualType VaListTagArrayType =
-      Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
-
-  return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
-}
-
-static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
-                                     TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) {
-  switch (Kind) {
-  case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList:
-    return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
-  case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList:
-    return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
-  case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList:
-    return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
-  case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList:
-    return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
-  case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList:
-    return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
-  case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList:
-    return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
-  case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList:
-    return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
-  case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList:
-    return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind");
-}
-
-TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const {
-  if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) {
-    BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind());
-    assert(BuiltinVaListDecl->isImplicit());
-  }
-
-  return BuiltinVaListDecl;
-}
-
-Decl *ASTContext::getVaListTagDecl() const {
-  // Force the creation of VaListTagDecl by building the __builtin_va_list
-  // declaration.
-  if (!VaListTagDecl)
-    (void)getBuiltinVaListDecl();
-
-  return VaListTagDecl;
-}
-
-TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinMSVaListDecl() const {
-  if (!BuiltinMSVaListDecl)
-    BuiltinMSVaListDecl = CreateMSVaListDecl(this);
-
-  return BuiltinMSVaListDecl;
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::canBuiltinBeRedeclared(const FunctionDecl *FD) const {
-  return BuiltinInfo.canBeRedeclared(FD->getBuiltinID());
-}
-
-void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
-  assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
-         "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
-
-  ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
-}
-
-/// Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
-/// lookup.
-TemplateName
-ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
-                                      UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
-  unsigned size = End - Begin;
-  assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
-
-  void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
-                          size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
-  auto *OT = new (memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
-
-  NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
-  for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
-    NamedDecl *D = *I;
-    assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
-           isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D) ||
-           (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
-            isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
-    *Storage++ = D;
-  }
-
-  return TemplateName(OT);
-}
-
-/// Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
-/// template name such as \c std::vector.
-TemplateName
-ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
-                                     bool TemplateKeyword,
-                                     TemplateDecl *Template) const {
-  assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
-
-  // FIXME: Canonicalization?
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
-    QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  if (!QTN) {
-    QTN = new (*this, alignof(QualifiedTemplateName))
-        QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
-    QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return TemplateName(QTN);
-}
-
-/// Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
-/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
-TemplateName
-ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
-                                     const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
-  assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
-         "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  DependentTemplateName *QTN =
-    DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (QTN)
-    return TemplateName(QTN);
-
-  NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
-  if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
-    QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName))
-        DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
-  } else {
-    TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
-    QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName))
-        DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
-    DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
-      DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
-    (void)CheckQTN;
-  }
-
-  DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
-  return TemplateName(QTN);
-}
-
-/// Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
-/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
-TemplateName
-ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
-                                     OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
-  assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
-         "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  DependentTemplateName *QTN
-    = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (QTN)
-    return TemplateName(QTN);
-
-  NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
-  if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
-    QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName))
-        DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
-  } else {
-    TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
-    QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName))
-        DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
-
-    DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
-      = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-    assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
-    (void)CheckQTN;
-  }
-
-  DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
-  return TemplateName(QTN);
-}
-
-TemplateName
-ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
-                                         TemplateName replacement) const {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
-
-  void *insertPos = nullptr;
-  SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
-    = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
-
-  if (!subst) {
-    subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
-    SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
-  }
-
-  return TemplateName(subst);
-}
-
-TemplateName
-ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
-                                       const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
-  auto &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
-
-  void *InsertPos = nullptr;
-  SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
-    = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!Subst) {
-    Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
-                                                           ArgPack.pack_size(),
-                                                         ArgPack.pack_begin());
-    SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return TemplateName(Subst);
-}
-
-/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
-/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
-/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
-CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
-  switch (Type) {
-  case TargetInfo::NoInt: return {};
-  case TargetInfo::SignedChar: return SignedCharTy;
-  case TargetInfo::UnsignedChar: return UnsignedCharTy;
-  case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
-  case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
-  case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
-  case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
-  case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
-  case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
-  case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
-  case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                        Type Predicates.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
-/// garbage collection attribute.
-///
-Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
-  if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
-    return Qualifiers::GCNone;
-
-  assert(getLangOpts().ObjC);
-  Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
-
-  // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
-  // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
-  // as __strong.
-  if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
-    if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
-      return Qualifiers::Strong;
-    else if (Ty->isPointerType())
-      return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
-  } else {
-    // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
-    // pointer.
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
-    while (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
-      CT = AT->getElementType();
-    assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
-#endif
-  }
-  return GCAttrs;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                        Type Compatibility Testing
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
-/// compatible.
-static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
-                                 const VectorType *RHS) {
-  assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
-  return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
-         LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
-                                          QualType SecondVec) {
-  assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
-  assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
-
-  if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
-    return true;
-
-  // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
-  // equivalent GCC vector types.
-  const auto *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
-  const auto *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
-  if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
-      hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
-      First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
-      First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
-      Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
-      Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
-    return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
-/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
-bool
-ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
-                                           ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
-  if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
-    return true;
-  for (auto *PI : rProto->protocols())
-    if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, PI))
-      return true;
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare  Class<pr,...> and
-/// Class<pr1, ...>.
-bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
-                                                      QualType rhs) {
-  const auto *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-  const auto *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-  assert((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
-
-  for (auto *lhsProto : lhsQID->quals()) {
-    bool match = false;
-    for (auto *rhsProto : rhsOPT->quals()) {
-      if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
-        match = true;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if (!match)
-      return false;
-  }
-  return true;
-}
-
-/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
-/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
-bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
-                                                   bool compare) {
-  // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
-  if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
-      lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
-    return true;
-  else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
-           rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
-    return true;
-
-  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
-    const auto *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-
-    if (!rhsOPT) return false;
-
-    if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
-      // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
-      // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
-      if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
-        for (auto *I : lhsQID->quals()) {
-          // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
-          // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
-          // through its super class and categories.
-          if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true))
-            return false;
-        }
-      }
-      // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
-      return true;
-    }
-    // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
-    for (auto *lhsProto : lhsQID->quals()) {
-      bool match = false;
-
-      // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
-      // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
-      // through its super class and categories.
-      for (auto *rhsProto : rhsOPT->quals()) {
-        if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
-            (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
-          match = true;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
-      // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
-      if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
-        for (auto *I : lhsQID->quals()) {
-          // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
-          // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
-          // through its super class and categories.
-          if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true)) {
-            match = true;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if (!match)
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
-  assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
-
-  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
-        lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
-    // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
-    for (auto *lhsProto : lhsOPT->quals()) {
-      bool match = false;
-
-      // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
-      // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
-      // through its super class and categories.
-      // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
-      // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
-      for (auto *rhsProto : rhsQID->quals()) {
-        if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
-            (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
-          match = true;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if (!match)
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
-    // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
-    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
-      llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
-      CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
-      // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
-      // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
-      // assume that it is mismatch.
-      if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
-        return false;
-      for (auto *lhsProto : LHSInheritedProtocols) {
-        bool match = false;
-        for (auto *rhsProto : rhsQID->quals()) {
-          if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
-              (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
-            match = true;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if (!match)
-          return false;
-      }
-    }
-    return true;
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
-/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS.  This handles validation of any
-/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
-bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
-                                         const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
-  const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
-  const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
-
-  // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
-  if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
-      RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
-    return true;
-
-  // Function object that propagates a successful result or handles
-  // __kindof types.
-  auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool {
-    if (succeeded)
-      return true;
-
-    if (!RHS->isKindOfType())
-      return false;
-
-    // Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether
-    // we can assign the other way.
-    return canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this),
-                                   LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this));
-  };
-
-  if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) {
-    return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
-                                                    QualType(RHSOPT,0),
-                                                    false));
-  }
-
-  if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) {
-    return finish(ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
-                                                       QualType(RHSOPT,0)));
-  }
-
-  // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
-  if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) {
-    return finish(canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS));
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
-/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
-/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
-/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
-/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
-bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
-                                         const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
-                                         const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
-                                         bool BlockReturnType) {
-
-  // Function object that propagates a successful result or handles
-  // __kindof types.
-  auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool {
-    if (succeeded)
-      return true;
-
-    const ObjCObjectPointerType *Expected = BlockReturnType ? RHSOPT : LHSOPT;
-    if (!Expected->isKindOfType())
-      return false;
-
-    // Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether
-    // we can assign the other way.
-    return canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
-             RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this),
-             LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this),
-             BlockReturnType);
-  };
-
-  if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
-    return true;
-
-  if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
-    return finish(RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ||
-                  RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType());
-  }
-
-  if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
-    return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
-                                                    QualType(RHSOPT,0),
-                                                    false));
-
-  const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
-  const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
-  if (LHS && RHS)  { // We have 2 user-defined types.
-    if (LHS != RHS) {
-      if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
-        return finish(BlockReturnType);
-      if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
-        return finish(!BlockReturnType);
-    }
-    else
-      return true;
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// Comparison routine for Objective-C protocols to be used with
-/// llvm::array_pod_sort.
-static int compareObjCProtocolsByName(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *lhs,
-                                      ObjCProtocolDecl * const *rhs) {
-  return (*lhs)->getName().compare((*rhs)->getName());
-}
-
-/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
-/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects with
-/// the given common base.
-/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
-/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
-static
-void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
-                                const ObjCInterfaceDecl *CommonBase,
-                                const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
-                                const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
-      SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionSet) {
-
-  const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
-  const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
-  assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
-  assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
-
-  // Add all of the protocols for the LHS.
-  llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSProtocolSet;
-
-  // Start with the protocol qualifiers.
-  for (auto proto : LHS->quals()) {
-    Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, LHSProtocolSet);
-  }
-
-  // Also add the protocols associated with the LHS interface.
-  Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), LHSProtocolSet);
-
-  // Add all of the protocols for the RHS.
-  llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSProtocolSet;
-
-  // Start with the protocol qualifiers.
-  for (auto proto : RHS->quals()) {
-    Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, RHSProtocolSet);
-  }
-
-  // Also add the protocols associated with the RHS interface.
-  Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), RHSProtocolSet);
-
-  // Compute the intersection of the collected protocol sets.
-  for (auto proto : LHSProtocolSet) {
-    if (RHSProtocolSet.count(proto))
-      IntersectionSet.push_back(proto);
-  }
-
-  // Compute the set of protocols that is implied by either the common type or
-  // the protocols within the intersection.
-  llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> ImpliedProtocols;
-  Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(CommonBase, ImpliedProtocols);
-
-  // Remove any implied protocols from the list of inherited protocols.
-  if (!ImpliedProtocols.empty()) {
-    IntersectionSet.erase(
-      std::remove_if(IntersectionSet.begin(),
-                     IntersectionSet.end(),
-                     [&](ObjCProtocolDecl *proto) -> bool {
-                       return ImpliedProtocols.count(proto) > 0;
-                     }),
-      IntersectionSet.end());
-  }
-
-  // Sort the remaining protocols by name.
-  llvm::array_pod_sort(IntersectionSet.begin(), IntersectionSet.end(),
-                       compareObjCProtocolsByName);
-}
-
-/// Determine whether the first type is a subtype of the second.
-static bool canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ASTContext &ctx, QualType lhs,
-                                     QualType rhs) {
-  // Common case: two object pointers.
-  const auto *lhsOPT = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-  const auto *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-  if (lhsOPT && rhsOPT)
-    return ctx.canAssignObjCInterfaces(lhsOPT, rhsOPT);
-
-  // Two block pointers.
-  const auto *lhsBlock = lhs->getAs<BlockPointerType>();
-  const auto *rhsBlock = rhs->getAs<BlockPointerType>();
-  if (lhsBlock && rhsBlock)
-    return ctx.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhs, rhs);
-
-  // If either is an unqualified 'id' and the other is a block, it's
-  // acceptable.
-  if ((lhsOPT && lhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && rhsBlock) ||
-      (rhsOPT && rhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && lhsBlock))
-    return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-// Check that the given Objective-C type argument lists are equivalent.
-static bool sameObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
-                             const ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface,
-                             ArrayRef<QualType> lhsArgs,
-                             ArrayRef<QualType> rhsArgs,
-                             bool stripKindOf) {
-  if (lhsArgs.size() != rhsArgs.size())
-    return false;
-
-  ObjCTypeParamList *typeParams = iface->getTypeParamList();
-  for (unsigned i = 0, n = lhsArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) {
-    if (ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i]))
-      continue;
-
-    switch (typeParams->begin()[i]->getVariance()) {
-    case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant:
-      if (!stripKindOf ||
-          !ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx),
-                           rhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx))) {
-        return false;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Covariant:
-      if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i]))
-        return false;
-      break;
-
-    case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Contravariant:
-      if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, rhsArgs[i], lhsArgs[i]))
-        return false;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
-           const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
-           const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
-  const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
-  const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
-  const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
-  const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
-
-  if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
-    return {};
-
-  // When either LHS or RHS is a kindof type, we should return a kindof type.
-  // For example, for common base of kindof(ASub1) and kindof(ASub2), we return
-  // kindof(A).
-  bool anyKindOf = LHS->isKindOfType() || RHS->isKindOfType();
-
-  // Follow the left-hand side up the class hierarchy until we either hit a
-  // root or find the RHS. Record the ancestors in case we don't find it.
-  llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ObjCInterfaceDecl *, const ObjCObjectType *, 4>
-    LHSAncestors;
-  while (true) {
-    // Record this ancestor. We'll need this if the common type isn't in the
-    // path from the LHS to the root.
-    LHSAncestors[LHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl()] = LHS;
-
-    if (declaresSameEntity(LHS->getInterface(), RDecl)) {
-      // Get the type arguments.
-      ArrayRef<QualType> LHSTypeArgs = LHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
-      bool anyChanges = false;
-      if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) {
-        // Both have type arguments, compare them.
-        if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(),
-                              LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(),
-                              /*stripKindOf=*/true))
-          return {};
-      } else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) {
-        // If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type
-        // arguments.
-        LHSTypeArgs = {};
-        anyChanges = true;
-      }
-
-      // Compute the intersection of protocols.
-      SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
-      getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, LHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr,
-                                 Protocols);
-      if (!Protocols.empty())
-        anyChanges = true;
-
-      // If anything in the LHS will have changed, build a new result type.
-      // If we need to return a kindof type but LHS is not a kindof type, we
-      // build a new result type.
-      if (anyChanges || LHS->isKindOfType() != anyKindOf) {
-        QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(LHS->getInterface());
-        Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, LHSTypeArgs, Protocols,
-                                   anyKindOf || LHS->isKindOfType());
-        return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
-      }
-
-      return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(LHS, 0));
-    }
-
-    // Find the superclass.
-    QualType LHSSuperType = LHS->getSuperClassType();
-    if (LHSSuperType.isNull())
-      break;
-
-    LHS = LHSSuperType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
-  }
-
-  // We didn't find anything by following the LHS to its root; now check
-  // the RHS against the cached set of ancestors.
-  while (true) {
-    auto KnownLHS = LHSAncestors.find(RHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl());
-    if (KnownLHS != LHSAncestors.end()) {
-      LHS = KnownLHS->second;
-
-      // Get the type arguments.
-      ArrayRef<QualType> RHSTypeArgs = RHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
-      bool anyChanges = false;
-      if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) {
-        // Both have type arguments, compare them.
-        if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(),
-                              LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(),
-                              /*stripKindOf=*/true))
-          return {};
-      } else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) {
-        // If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type
-        // arguments.
-        RHSTypeArgs = {};
-        anyChanges = true;
-      }
-
-      // Compute the intersection of protocols.
-      SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
-      getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, RHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr,
-                                 Protocols);
-      if (!Protocols.empty())
-        anyChanges = true;
-
-      // If we need to return a kindof type but RHS is not a kindof type, we
-      // build a new result type.
-      if (anyChanges || RHS->isKindOfType() != anyKindOf) {
-        QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(RHS->getInterface());
-        Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, RHSTypeArgs, Protocols,
-                                   anyKindOf || RHS->isKindOfType());
-        return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
-      }
-
-      return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(RHS, 0));
-    }
-
-    // Find the superclass of the RHS.
-    QualType RHSSuperType = RHS->getSuperClassType();
-    if (RHSSuperType.isNull())
-      break;
-
-    RHS = RHSSuperType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
-  }
-
-  return {};
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
-                                         const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
-  assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
-  assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
-
-  // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
-  // the LHS.
-  ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSInterface = LHS->getInterface();
-  bool IsSuperClass = LHSInterface->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
-  if (!IsSuperClass)
-    return false;
-
-  // If the LHS has protocol qualifiers, determine whether all of them are
-  // satisfied by the RHS (i.e., the RHS has a superset of the protocols in the
-  // LHS).
-  if (LHS->getNumProtocols() > 0) {
-    // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
-    // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
-    // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
-    // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
-    llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
-    CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
-    // Also, if RHS has explicit quelifiers, include them for comparing with LHS's
-    // qualifiers.
-    for (auto *RHSPI : RHS->quals())
-      CollectInheritedProtocols(RHSPI, SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
-    // If there is no protocols associated with RHS, it is not a match.
-    if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
-      return false;
-
-    for (const auto *LHSProto : LHS->quals()) {
-      bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
-      for (auto *SuperClassProto : SuperClassInheritedProtocols)
-        if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
-          SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
-          break;
-        }
-      if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
-        return false;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // If the LHS is specialized, we may need to check type arguments.
-  if (LHS->isSpecialized()) {
-    // Follow the superclass chain until we've matched the LHS class in the
-    // hierarchy. This substitutes type arguments through.
-    const ObjCObjectType *RHSSuper = RHS;
-    while (!declaresSameEntity(RHSSuper->getInterface(), LHSInterface))
-      RHSSuper = RHSSuper->getSuperClassType()->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
-
-    // If the RHS is specializd, compare type arguments.
-    if (RHSSuper->isSpecialized() &&
-        !sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(),
-                          LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHSSuper->getTypeArgs(),
-                          /*stripKindOf=*/true)) {
-      return false;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
-  // get the "pointed to" types
-  const auto *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-  const auto *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-
-  if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
-    return false;
-
-  return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
-         canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
-  return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
-                getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
-                getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
-}
-
-/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
-/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
-/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
-/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
-bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
-                                    bool CompareUnqualified) {
-  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
-    return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
-
-  return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
-  return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
-  return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
-}
-
-/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
-/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
-/// QualType()
-QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
-                                               bool OfBlockPointer,
-                                               bool Unqualified) {
-  if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
-    RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
-    if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
-      for (const auto *I : UD->fields()) {
-        QualType ET = I->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
-        QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
-        if (!MT.isNull())
-          return MT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return {};
-}
-
-/// mergeFunctionParameterTypes - merge two types which appear as function
-/// parameter types
-QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionParameterTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
-                                                 bool OfBlockPointer,
-                                                 bool Unqualified) {
-  // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
-  // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
-  // type is compatible with a union member
-  QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
-                                              Unqualified);
-  if (!lmerge.isNull())
-    return lmerge;
-
-  QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
-                                              Unqualified);
-  if (!rmerge.isNull())
-    return rmerge;
-
-  return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
-                                        bool OfBlockPointer,
-                                        bool Unqualified) {
-  const auto *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
-  const auto *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
-  const auto *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
-  const auto *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
-  bool allLTypes = true;
-  bool allRTypes = true;
-
-  // Check return type
-  QualType retType;
-  if (OfBlockPointer) {
-    QualType RHS = rbase->getReturnType();
-    QualType LHS = lbase->getReturnType();
-    bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
-    if (!UnqualifiedResult)
-      UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
-    retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
-  }
-  else
-    retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getReturnType(), rbase->getReturnType(), false,
-                         Unqualified);
-  if (retType.isNull())
-    return {};
-
-  if (Unqualified)
-    retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
-
-  CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getReturnType());
-  CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getReturnType());
-  if (Unqualified) {
-    LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
-    RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
-  }
-
-  if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
-    allLTypes = false;
-  if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
-    allRTypes = false;
-
-  // FIXME: double check this
-  // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
-  //                           rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
-  //                           lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
-  FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
-  FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
-
-  // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
-  if (lbaseInfo.getCC() != rbaseInfo.getCC())
-    return {};
-
-  // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
-  if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
-    return {};
-  if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
-    return {};
-
-  if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
-    return {};
-  if (lbaseInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != rbaseInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs())
-    return {};
-  if (lbaseInfo.getNoCfCheck() != rbaseInfo.getNoCfCheck())
-    return {};
-
-  // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
-  bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
-
-  if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
-    allLTypes = false;
-  if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
-    allRTypes = false;
-
-  FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
-
-  if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
-    assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
-           "C++ shouldn't be here");
-    // Compatible functions must have the same number of parameters
-    if (lproto->getNumParams() != rproto->getNumParams())
-      return {};
-
-    // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
-    if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
-      return {};
-
-    if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
-      return {};
-
-    SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> newParamInfos;
-    bool canUseLeft, canUseRight;
-    if (!mergeExtParameterInfo(lproto, rproto, canUseLeft, canUseRight,
-                               newParamInfos))
-      return {};
-
-    if (!canUseLeft)
-      allLTypes = false;
-    if (!canUseRight)
-      allRTypes = false;
-
-    // Check parameter type compatibility
-    SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
-    for (unsigned i = 0, n = lproto->getNumParams(); i < n; i++) {
-      QualType lParamType = lproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
-      QualType rParamType = rproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
-      QualType paramType = mergeFunctionParameterTypes(
-          lParamType, rParamType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
-      if (paramType.isNull())
-        return {};
-
-      if (Unqualified)
-        paramType = paramType.getUnqualifiedType();
-
-      types.push_back(paramType);
-      if (Unqualified) {
-        lParamType = lParamType.getUnqualifiedType();
-        rParamType = rParamType.getUnqualifiedType();
-      }
-
-      if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(lParamType))
-        allLTypes = false;
-      if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(rParamType))
-        allRTypes = false;
-    }
-
-    if (allLTypes) return lhs;
-    if (allRTypes) return rhs;
-
-    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
-    EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
-    EPI.ExtParameterInfos =
-        newParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : newParamInfos.data();
-    return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI);
-  }
-
-  if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
-  if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
-
-  const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
-  if (proto) {
-    assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
-    if (proto->isVariadic())
-      return {};
-    // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
-    // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
-    // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
-    // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
-    // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
-    for (unsigned i = 0, n = proto->getNumParams(); i < n; ++i) {
-      QualType paramTy = proto->getParamType(i);
-
-      // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used
-      // to pass enum values.
-      if (const auto *Enum = paramTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
-        paramTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
-        if (paramTy.isNull())
-          return {};
-      }
-
-      if (paramTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
-          getCanonicalType(paramTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
-        return {};
-    }
-
-    if (allLTypes) return lhs;
-    if (allRTypes) return rhs;
-
-    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
-    EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
-    return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getParamTypes(), EPI);
-  }
-
-  if (allLTypes) return lhs;
-  if (allRTypes) return rhs;
-  return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
-}
-
-/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them.
-static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET,
-                                     QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) {
-  // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
-  // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
-  // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
-  // type.
-  QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
-  if (underlyingType.isNull())
-    return {};
-  if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other))
-    return other;
-
-  // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any
-  // integral type of the same size.
-  if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() &&
-      Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other))
-    return other;
-
-  return {};
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
-                                bool OfBlockPointer,
-                                bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
-  // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
-  // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
-  // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
-  // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
-  // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
-  assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
-  assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
-
-  if (Unqualified) {
-    LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
-    RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
-  }
-
-  QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
-           RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
-
-  // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
-  if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
-    return LHS;
-
-  // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
-  Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
-  Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
-  if (LQuals != RQuals) {
-    // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
-    // mismatch.
-    if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
-        LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
-        LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime() ||
-        LQuals.hasUnaligned() != RQuals.hasUnaligned())
-      return {};
-
-    // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
-    // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
-    // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default).  We fix
-    // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
-    // qualified __strong.
-    Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
-    Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
-    assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
-
-    if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
-      return {};
-
-    if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
-      return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
-    }
-    if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
-      return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
-    }
-    return {};
-  }
-
-  // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
-
-  Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
-  Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
-
-  // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
-  // comparisons, just force one to the other.
-  if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
-  if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
-
-  // Same as above for arrays
-  if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
-    LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
-  if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
-    RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
-
-  // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
-  if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
-  if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
-
-  // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
-  if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
-  if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
-
-  // If the canonical type classes don't match.
-  if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
-    // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum
-    // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa.
-    if (const auto *ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
-      return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false);
-    }
-    if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
-      return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType);
-    }
-    // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
-    if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) {
-       if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
-         return LHS;
-      if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType())
-        return RHS;
-    }
-
-    return {};
-  }
-
-  // The canonical type classes match.
-  switch (LHSClass) {
-#define TYPE(Class, Base)
-#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
-#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
-#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
-#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
-#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
-    llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
-
-  case Type::Auto:
-  case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
-  case Type::LValueReference:
-  case Type::RValueReference:
-  case Type::MemberPointer:
-    llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
-
-  case Type::ObjCInterface:
-  case Type::IncompleteArray:
-  case Type::VariableArray:
-  case Type::FunctionProto:
-  case Type::ExtVector:
-    llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
-
-  case Type::Pointer:
-  {
-    // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
-    QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-    QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-    if (Unqualified) {
-      LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
-      RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
-    }
-    QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
-                                     Unqualified);
-    if (ResultType.isNull())
-      return {};
-    if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
-      return LHS;
-    if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
-      return RHS;
-    return getPointerType(ResultType);
-  }
-  case Type::BlockPointer:
-  {
-    // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
-    QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-    QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-    if (Unqualified) {
-      LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
-      RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
-    }
-    if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
-      Qualifiers LHSPteeQual = LHSPointee.getQualifiers();
-      Qualifiers RHSPteeQual = RHSPointee.getQualifiers();
-      // Blocks can't be an expression in a ternary operator (OpenCL v2.0
-      // 6.12.5) thus the following check is asymmetric.
-      if (!LHSPteeQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(RHSPteeQual))
-        return {};
-      LHSPteeQual.removeAddressSpace();
-      RHSPteeQual.removeAddressSpace();
-      LHSPointee =
-          QualType(LHSPointee.getTypePtr(), LHSPteeQual.getAsOpaqueValue());
-      RHSPointee =
-          QualType(RHSPointee.getTypePtr(), RHSPteeQual.getAsOpaqueValue());
-    }
-    QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
-                                     Unqualified);
-    if (ResultType.isNull())
-      return {};
-    if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
-      return LHS;
-    if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
-      return RHS;
-    return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
-  }
-  case Type::Atomic:
-  {
-    // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
-    QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
-    QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
-    if (Unqualified) {
-      LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
-      RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
-    }
-    QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
-                                     Unqualified);
-    if (ResultType.isNull())
-      return {};
-    if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
-      return LHS;
-    if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
-      return RHS;
-    return getAtomicType(ResultType);
-  }
-  case Type::ConstantArray:
-  {
-    const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
-    const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
-    if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
-      return {};
-
-    QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
-    QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
-    if (Unqualified) {
-      LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
-      RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
-    }
-
-    QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
-    if (ResultType.isNull())
-      return {};
-
-    const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
-    const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
-
-    // If either side is a variable array, and both are complete, check whether
-    // the current dimension is definite.
-    if (LVAT || RVAT) {
-      auto SizeFetch = [this](const VariableArrayType* VAT,
-          const ConstantArrayType* CAT)
-          -> std::pair<bool,llvm::APInt> {
-        if (VAT) {
-          llvm::APSInt TheInt;
-          Expr *E = VAT->getSizeExpr();
-          if (E && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(TheInt, *this))
-            return std::make_pair(true, TheInt);
-          else
-            return std::make_pair(false, TheInt);
-        } else if (CAT) {
-            return std::make_pair(true, CAT->getSize());
-        } else {
-            return std::make_pair(false, llvm::APInt());
-        }
-      };
-
-      bool HaveLSize, HaveRSize;
-      llvm::APInt LSize, RSize;
-      std::tie(HaveLSize, LSize) = SizeFetch(LVAT, LCAT);
-      std::tie(HaveRSize, RSize) = SizeFetch(RVAT, RCAT);
-      if (HaveLSize && HaveRSize && !llvm::APInt::isSameValue(LSize, RSize))
-        return {}; // Definite, but unequal, array dimension
-    }
-
-    if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
-      return LHS;
-    if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
-      return RHS;
-    if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
-                                          ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
-    if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
-                                          ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
-    if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
-      return LHS;
-    if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
-      return RHS;
-    if (LVAT) {
-      // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
-      // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
-      // has to be different.
-      return LHS;
-    }
-    if (RVAT) {
-      // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
-      // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
-      // has to be different.
-      return RHS;
-    }
-    if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
-    if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
-    return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
-                                  ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
-  }
-  case Type::FunctionNoProto:
-    return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
-  case Type::Record:
-  case Type::Enum:
-    return {};
-  case Type::Builtin:
-    // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
-    return {};
-  case Type::Complex:
-    // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
-    return {};
-  case Type::Vector:
-    // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
-    if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
-                             RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
-      return LHS;
-    return {};
-  case Type::ObjCObject: {
-    // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
-    // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
-    // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
-    const auto *LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
-    const auto *RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
-    if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
-      return LHS;
-
-    return {};
-  }
-  case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
-    if (OfBlockPointer) {
-      if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
-                                          LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
-                                          RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
-                                          BlockReturnType))
-        return LHS;
-      return {};
-    }
-    if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
-                                RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
-      return LHS;
-
-    return {};
-  case Type::Pipe:
-    assert(LHS != RHS &&
-           "Equivalent pipe types should have already been handled!");
-    return {};
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::mergeExtParameterInfo(
-    const FunctionProtoType *FirstFnType, const FunctionProtoType *SecondFnType,
-    bool &CanUseFirst, bool &CanUseSecond,
-    SmallVectorImpl<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo> &NewParamInfos) {
-  assert(NewParamInfos.empty() && "param info list not empty");
-  CanUseFirst = CanUseSecond = true;
-  bool FirstHasInfo = FirstFnType->hasExtParameterInfos();
-  bool SecondHasInfo = SecondFnType->hasExtParameterInfos();
-
-  // Fast path: if the first type doesn't have ext parameter infos,
-  // we match if and only if the second type also doesn't have them.
-  if (!FirstHasInfo && !SecondHasInfo)
-    return true;
-
-  bool NeedParamInfo = false;
-  size_t E = FirstHasInfo ? FirstFnType->getExtParameterInfos().size()
-                          : SecondFnType->getExtParameterInfos().size();
-
-  for (size_t I = 0; I < E; ++I) {
-    FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo FirstParam, SecondParam;
-    if (FirstHasInfo)
-      FirstParam = FirstFnType->getExtParameterInfo(I);
-    if (SecondHasInfo)
-      SecondParam = SecondFnType->getExtParameterInfo(I);
-
-    // Cannot merge unless everything except the noescape flag matches.
-    if (FirstParam.withIsNoEscape(false) != SecondParam.withIsNoEscape(false))
-      return false;
-
-    bool FirstNoEscape = FirstParam.isNoEscape();
-    bool SecondNoEscape = SecondParam.isNoEscape();
-    bool IsNoEscape = FirstNoEscape && SecondNoEscape;
-    NewParamInfos.push_back(FirstParam.withIsNoEscape(IsNoEscape));
-    if (NewParamInfos.back().getOpaqueValue())
-      NeedParamInfo = true;
-    if (FirstNoEscape != IsNoEscape)
-      CanUseFirst = false;
-    if (SecondNoEscape != IsNoEscape)
-      CanUseSecond = false;
-  }
-
-  if (!NeedParamInfo)
-    NewParamInfos.clear();
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-void ASTContext::ResetObjCLayout(const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) {
-  ObjCLayouts[CD] = nullptr;
-}
-
-/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
-/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
-/// return types.
-QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
-  QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
-  RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
-  // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
-  if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
-    return LHS;
-  if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
-    if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
-      return {};
-    QualType OldReturnType =
-        cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType();
-    QualType NewReturnType =
-        cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType();
-    QualType ResReturnType =
-      mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
-    if (ResReturnType.isNull())
-      return {};
-    if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
-      // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
-      // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
-      const auto *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
-      if (const auto *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
-        FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
-        EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
-        QualType ResultType =
-            getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
-        return ResultType;
-      }
-    }
-    return {};
-  }
-
-  // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
-  Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
-  Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
-  if (LQuals != RQuals) {
-    // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
-    if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
-        LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
-      return {};
-
-    // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
-    // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
-    // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default).  We fix
-    // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
-    // qualified __strong.
-    Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
-    Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
-    assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
-
-    if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
-      return {};
-
-    if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
-      return LHS;
-    if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
-      return RHS;
-    return {};
-  }
-
-  if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
-    QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-    QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-    QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
-    if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
-      return LHS;
-    if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
-      return RHS;
-  }
-  return {};
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                         Integer Predicates
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
-  if (const auto *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
-    T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
-  if (T->isBooleanType())
-    return 1;
-  // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
-  return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const {
-  assert((T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() || T->isSignedFixedPointType()) &&
-         "Unexpected type");
-
-  // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
-  if (const auto *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
-    return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
-                         VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
-
-  // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
-  if (const auto *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
-    T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
-
-  const auto *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
-  assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer or fixed point type");
-  switch (BTy->getKind()) {
-  case BuiltinType::Char_S:
-  case BuiltinType::SChar:
-    return UnsignedCharTy;
-  case BuiltinType::Short:
-    return UnsignedShortTy;
-  case BuiltinType::Int:
-    return UnsignedIntTy;
-  case BuiltinType::Long:
-    return UnsignedLongTy;
-  case BuiltinType::LongLong:
-    return UnsignedLongLongTy;
-  case BuiltinType::Int128:
-    return UnsignedInt128Ty;
-
-  case BuiltinType::ShortAccum:
-    return UnsignedShortAccumTy;
-  case BuiltinType::Accum:
-    return UnsignedAccumTy;
-  case BuiltinType::LongAccum:
-    return UnsignedLongAccumTy;
-  case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum:
-    return SatUnsignedShortAccumTy;
-  case BuiltinType::SatAccum:
-    return SatUnsignedAccumTy;
-  case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum:
-    return SatUnsignedLongAccumTy;
-  case BuiltinType::ShortFract:
-    return UnsignedShortFractTy;
-  case BuiltinType::Fract:
-    return UnsignedFractTy;
-  case BuiltinType::LongFract:
-    return UnsignedLongFractTy;
-  case BuiltinType::SatShortFract:
-    return SatUnsignedShortFractTy;
-  case BuiltinType::SatFract:
-    return SatUnsignedFractTy;
-  case BuiltinType::SatLongFract:
-    return SatUnsignedLongFractTy;
-  default:
-    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer or fixed point type");
-  }
-}
-
-ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() = default;
-
-void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD,
-                                            QualType ReturnType) {}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                          Builtin Type Computation
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
-/// pointer over the consumed characters.  This returns the resultant type.  If
-/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
-/// types.  This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
-/// a vector of "i*".
-///
-/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
-/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
-static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
-                                  ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
-                                  bool &RequiresICE,
-                                  bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
-  // Modifiers.
-  int HowLong = 0;
-  bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
-  RequiresICE = false;
-
-  // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
-  bool Done = false;
-  #ifndef NDEBUG
-  bool IsSpecialLong = false;
-  #endif
-  while (!Done) {
-    switch (*Str++) {
-    default: Done = true; --Str; break;
-    case 'I':
-      RequiresICE = true;
-      break;
-    case 'S':
-      assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
-      assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
-      Signed = true;
-      break;
-    case 'U':
-      assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
-      assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'U' modifier multiple times!");
-      Unsigned = true;
-      break;
-    case 'L':
-      assert(!IsSpecialLong && "Can't use 'L' with 'W' or 'N' modifiers");
-      assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
-      ++HowLong;
-      break;
-    case 'N':
-      // 'N' behaves like 'L' for all non LP64 targets and 'int' otherwise.
-      assert(!IsSpecialLong && "Can't use two 'N' or 'W' modifiers!");
-      assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'N' modifiers!");
-      #ifndef NDEBUG
-      IsSpecialLong = true;
-      #endif
-      if (Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32)
-        ++HowLong;
-      break;
-    case 'W':
-      // This modifier represents int64 type.
-      assert(!IsSpecialLong && "Can't use two 'N' or 'W' modifiers!");
-      assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'W' modifiers!");
-      #ifndef NDEBUG
-      IsSpecialLong = true;
-      #endif
-      switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type()) {
-      default:
-        llvm_unreachable("Unexpected integer type");
-      case TargetInfo::SignedLong:
-        HowLong = 1;
-        break;
-      case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong:
-        HowLong = 2;
-        break;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  QualType Type;
-
-  // Read the base type.
-  switch (*Str++) {
-  default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
-  case 'v':
-    assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
-           "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
-    Type = Context.VoidTy;
-    break;
-  case 'h':
-    assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
-           "Bad modifiers used with 'h'!");
-    Type = Context.HalfTy;
-    break;
-  case 'f':
-    assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
-           "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
-    Type = Context.FloatTy;
-    break;
-  case 'd':
-    assert(HowLong < 3 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
-           "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
-    if (HowLong == 1)
-      Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
-    else if (HowLong == 2)
-      Type = Context.Float128Ty;
-    else
-      Type = Context.DoubleTy;
-    break;
-  case 's':
-    assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
-    if (Unsigned)
-      Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
-    else
-      Type = Context.ShortTy;
-    break;
-  case 'i':
-    if (HowLong == 3)
-      Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
-    else if (HowLong == 2)
-      Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
-    else if (HowLong == 1)
-      Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
-    else
-      Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
-    break;
-  case 'c':
-    assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
-    if (Signed)
-      Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
-    else if (Unsigned)
-      Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
-    else
-      Type = Context.CharTy;
-    break;
-  case 'b': // boolean
-    assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
-    Type = Context.BoolTy;
-    break;
-  case 'z':  // size_t.
-    assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
-    Type = Context.getSizeType();
-    break;
-  case 'w':  // wchar_t.
-    assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'w'!");
-    Type = Context.getWideCharType();
-    break;
-  case 'F':
-    Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
-    break;
-  case 'G':
-    Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
-    break;
-  case 'H':
-    Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
-    break;
-  case 'M':
-    Type = Context.getObjCSuperType();
-    break;
-  case 'a':
-    Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
-    assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
-    break;
-  case 'A':
-    // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
-    // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
-    // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
-    // passed by reference.  An example of a by-value va_list is
-    // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
-    // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
-    // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
-    // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
-    Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
-    assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
-    if (Type->isArrayType())
-      Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
-    else
-      Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
-    break;
-  case 'V': {
-    char *End;
-    unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
-    assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
-    Str = End;
-
-    QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
-                                             RequiresICE, false);
-    assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
-
-    // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
-    Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
-                                 VectorType::GenericVector);
-    break;
-  }
-  case 'E': {
-    char *End;
-
-    unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
-    assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
-
-    Str = End;
-
-    QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
-                                             false);
-    Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
-    break;
-  }
-  case 'X': {
-    QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
-                                             false);
-    assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
-    Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
-    break;
-  }
-  case 'Y':
-    Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
-    break;
-  case 'P':
-    Type = Context.getFILEType();
-    if (Type.isNull()) {
-      Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
-      return {};
-    }
-    break;
-  case 'J':
-    if (Signed)
-      Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
-    else
-      Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
-
-    if (Type.isNull()) {
-      Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
-      return {};
-    }
-    break;
-  case 'K':
-    assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
-    Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
-
-    if (Type.isNull()) {
-      Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
-      return {};
-    }
-    break;
-  case 'p':
-    Type = Context.getProcessIDType();
-    break;
-  }
-
-  // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
-  Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
-  while (!Done) {
-    switch (char c = *Str++) {
-    default: Done = true; --Str; break;
-    case '*':
-    case '&': {
-      // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
-      // qualified with an address space.
-      char *End;
-      unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
-      if (End != Str) {
-        // Note AddrSpace == 0 is not the same as an unspecified address space.
-        Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(
-          Type,
-          Context.getLangASForBuiltinAddressSpace(AddrSpace));
-        Str = End;
-      }
-      if (c == '*')
-        Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
-      else
-        Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
-      break;
-    }
-    // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
-    case 'C':
-      Type = Type.withConst();
-      break;
-    case 'D':
-      Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
-      break;
-    case 'R':
-      Type = Type.withRestrict();
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
-         "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
-
-  return Type;
-}
-
-/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
-QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
-                                    GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
-                                    unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
-  const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.getTypeString(Id);
-
-  SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
-
-  bool RequiresICE = false;
-  Error = GE_None;
-  QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
-                                       RequiresICE, true);
-  if (Error != GE_None)
-    return {};
-
-  assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
-
-  while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
-    QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
-    if (Error != GE_None)
-      return {};
-
-    // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
-    // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
-    if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
-      *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
-
-    // Do array -> pointer decay.  The builtin should use the decayed type.
-    if (Ty->isArrayType())
-      Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
-
-    ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
-  }
-
-  if (Id == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo)
-    return {};
-
-  assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
-         "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
-
-  FunctionType::ExtInfo EI(CC_C);
-  if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
-
-  bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
-
-  // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here.
-  if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
-    return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
-
-  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
-  EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
-  EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
-  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(Id))
-    EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type =
-        getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
-
-  return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI);
-}
-
-static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForFunction(const ASTContext &Context,
-                                             const FunctionDecl *FD) {
-  if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
-    return GVA_Internal;
-
-  // Non-user-provided functions get emitted as weak definitions with every
-  // use, no matter whether they've been explicitly instantiated etc.
-  if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
-    if (!MD->isUserProvided())
-      return GVA_DiscardableODR;
-
-  GVALinkage External;
-  switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
-  case TSK_Undeclared:
-  case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
-    External = GVA_StrongExternal;
-    break;
-
-  case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
-    return GVA_StrongODR;
-
-  // C++11 [temp.explicit]p10:
-  //   [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
-  //   an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
-  //   instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
-  //   inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
-  //   generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
-  case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
-    return GVA_AvailableExternally;
-
-  case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
-    External = GVA_DiscardableODR;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  if (!FD->isInlined())
-    return External;
-
-  if ((!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
-       !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
-       !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) ||
-      FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
-    // FIXME: This doesn't match gcc's behavior for dllexport inline functions.
-
-    // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
-    // externally visible.
-    if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
-      return External;
-
-    // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
-    return GVA_AvailableExternally;
-  }
-
-  // Functions specified with extern and inline in -fms-compatibility mode
-  // forcibly get emitted.  While the body of the function cannot be later
-  // replaced, the function definition cannot be discarded.
-  if (FD->isMSExternInline())
-    return GVA_StrongODR;
-
-  return GVA_DiscardableODR;
-}
-
-static GVALinkage adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(const ASTContext &Context,
-                                                const Decl *D, GVALinkage L) {
-  // See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/xa0d9ste.aspx
-  // dllexport/dllimport on inline functions.
-  if (D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
-    if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_StrongODR)
-      return GVA_AvailableExternally;
-  } else if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
-    if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR)
-      return GVA_StrongODR;
-  } else if (Context.getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice &&
-             D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
-    // Device-side functions with __global__ attribute must always be
-    // visible externally so they can be launched from host.
-    if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_Internal)
-      return GVA_StrongODR;
-  }
-  return L;
-}
-
-/// Adjust the GVALinkage for a declaration based on what an external AST source
-/// knows about whether there can be other definitions of this declaration.
-static GVALinkage
-adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Decl *D,
-                                          GVALinkage L) {
-  ExternalASTSource *Source = Ctx.getExternalSource();
-  if (!Source)
-    return L;
-
-  switch (Source->hasExternalDefinitions(D)) {
-  case ExternalASTSource::EK_Never:
-    // Other translation units rely on us to provide the definition.
-    if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR)
-      return GVA_StrongODR;
-    break;
-
-  case ExternalASTSource::EK_Always:
-    return GVA_AvailableExternally;
-
-  case ExternalASTSource::EK_ReplyHazy:
-    break;
-  }
-  return L;
-}
-
-GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) const {
-  return adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(*this, FD,
-           adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(*this, FD,
-             basicGVALinkageForFunction(*this, FD)));
-}
-
-static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForVariable(const ASTContext &Context,
-                                             const VarDecl *VD) {
-  if (!VD->isExternallyVisible())
-    return GVA_Internal;
-
-  if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
-    const DeclContext *LexicalContext = VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod();
-    while (LexicalContext && !isa<FunctionDecl>(LexicalContext))
-      LexicalContext = LexicalContext->getLexicalParent();
-
-    // ObjC Blocks can create local variables that don't have a FunctionDecl
-    // LexicalContext.
-    if (!LexicalContext)
-      return GVA_DiscardableODR;
-
-    // Otherwise, let the static local variable inherit its linkage from the
-    // nearest enclosing function.
-    auto StaticLocalLinkage =
-        Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(cast<FunctionDecl>(LexicalContext));
-
-    // Itanium ABI 5.2.2: "Each COMDAT group [for a static local variable] must
-    // be emitted in any object with references to the symbol for the object it
-    // contains, whether inline or out-of-line."
-    // Similar behavior is observed with MSVC. An alternative ABI could use
-    // StrongODR/AvailableExternally to match the function, but none are
-    // known/supported currently.
-    if (StaticLocalLinkage == GVA_StrongODR ||
-        StaticLocalLinkage == GVA_AvailableExternally)
-      return GVA_DiscardableODR;
-    return StaticLocalLinkage;
-  }
-
-  // MSVC treats in-class initialized static data members as definitions.
-  // By giving them non-strong linkage, out-of-line definitions won't
-  // cause link errors.
-  if (Context.isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD))
-    return GVA_DiscardableODR;
-
-  // Most non-template variables have strong linkage; inline variables are
-  // linkonce_odr or (occasionally, for compatibility) weak_odr.
-  GVALinkage StrongLinkage;
-  switch (Context.getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(VD)) {
-  case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::None:
-    StrongLinkage = GVA_StrongExternal;
-    break;
-  case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Weak:
-  case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown:
-    StrongLinkage = GVA_DiscardableODR;
-    break;
-  case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong:
-    StrongLinkage = GVA_StrongODR;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  switch (VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
-  case TSK_Undeclared:
-    return StrongLinkage;
-
-  case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
-    return Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
-                   VD->isStaticDataMember()
-               ? GVA_StrongODR
-               : StrongLinkage;
-
-  case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
-    return GVA_StrongODR;
-
-  case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
-    return GVA_AvailableExternally;
-
-  case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
-    return GVA_DiscardableODR;
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
-}
-
-GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
-  return adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(*this, VD,
-           adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(*this, VD,
-             basicGVALinkageForVariable(*this, VD)));
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
-  if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
-    if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
-      return false;
-    // Global named register variables (GNU extension) are never emitted.
-    if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Register)
-      return false;
-    if (VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
-        isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
-      return false;
-  } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
-    // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template.
-    if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
-      return false;
-  } else if (isa<PragmaCommentDecl>(D))
-    return true;
-  else if (isa<OMPThreadPrivateDecl>(D))
-    return true;
-  else if (isa<PragmaDetectMismatchDecl>(D))
-    return true;
-  else if (isa<OMPThreadPrivateDecl>(D))
-    return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext();
-  else if (isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(D))
-    return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext();
-  else if (isa<ImportDecl>(D))
-    return true;
-  else
-    return false;
-
-  if (D->isFromASTFile() && !LangOpts.BuildingPCHWithObjectFile) {
-    assert(getExternalSource() && "It's from an AST file; must have a source.");
-    // On Windows, PCH files are built together with an object file. If this
-    // declaration comes from such a PCH and DeclMustBeEmitted would return
-    // true, it would have returned true and the decl would have been emitted
-    // into that object file, so it doesn't need to be emitted here.
-    // Note that decls are still emitted if they're referenced, as usual;
-    // DeclMustBeEmitted is used to decide whether a decl must be emitted even
-    // if it's not referenced.
-    //
-    // Explicit template instantiation definitions are tricky. If there was an
-    // explicit template instantiation decl in the PCH before, it will look like
-    // the definition comes from there, even if that was just the declaration.
-    // (Explicit instantiation defs of variable templates always get emitted.)
-    bool IsExpInstDef =
-        isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
-        cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() ==
-            TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition;
-
-    // Implicit member function definitions, such as operator= might not be
-    // marked as template specializations, since they're not coming from a
-    // template but synthesized directly on the class.
-    IsExpInstDef |=
-        isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) &&
-        cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->getParent()->getTemplateSpecializationKind() ==
-            TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition;
-
-    if (getExternalSource()->DeclIsFromPCHWithObjectFile(D) && !IsExpInstDef)
-      return false;
-  }
-
-  // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it.
-  if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
-    return false;
-
-  // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
-  if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
-    return false;
-
-  // Aliases and used decls are required.
-  if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
-    return true;
-
-  if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
-    // Forward declarations aren't required.
-    if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
-      return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
-
-    // Constructors and destructors are required.
-    if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
-      return true;
-
-    // The key function for a class is required.  This rule only comes
-    // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though.
-    if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
-      if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
-        const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
-        if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
-          const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD);
-          if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
-            return true;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
-
-    // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
-    // always be deferred.  Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
-    // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
-    return !isDiscardableGVALinkage(Linkage);
-  }
-
-  const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
-  assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
-
-  // If the decl is marked as `declare target to`, it should be emitted for the
-  // host and for the device.
-  if (LangOpts.OpenMP &&
-      OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(VD))
-    return true;
-
-  if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
-      !isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD))
-    return false;
-
-  // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required.
-  auto Linkage = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
-  if (!isDiscardableGVALinkage(Linkage))
-    return true;
-
-  // We never need to emit a variable that is available in another TU.
-  if (Linkage == GVA_AvailableExternally)
-    return false;
-
-  // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required.
-  if (VD->getType().isDestructedType())
-    return true;
-
-  // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required.
-  if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this) &&
-      // We can get a value-dependent initializer during error recovery.
-      (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
-    return true;
-
-  // Likewise, variables with tuple-like bindings are required if their
-  // bindings have side-effects.
-  if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(VD))
-    for (const auto *BD : DD->bindings())
-      if (const auto *BindingVD = BD->getHoldingVar())
-        if (DeclMustBeEmitted(BindingVD))
-          return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-void ASTContext::forEachMultiversionedFunctionVersion(
-    const FunctionDecl *FD,
-    llvm::function_ref<void(FunctionDecl *)> Pred) const {
-  assert(FD->isMultiVersion() && "Only valid for multiversioned functions");
-  llvm::SmallDenseSet<const FunctionDecl*, 4> SeenDecls;
-  FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl();
-  for (auto *CurDecl :
-       FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->lookup(FD->getDeclName())) {
-    FunctionDecl *CurFD = CurDecl->getAsFunction()->getMostRecentDecl();
-    if (CurFD && hasSameType(CurFD->getType(), FD->getType()) &&
-        std::end(SeenDecls) == llvm::find(SeenDecls, CurFD)) {
-      SeenDecls.insert(CurFD);
-      Pred(CurFD);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCallingConvention(bool IsVariadic,
-                                                    bool IsCXXMethod) const {
-  // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
-  if (IsCXXMethod)
-    return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(IsVariadic);
-
-  switch (LangOpts.getDefaultCallingConv()) {
-  case LangOptions::DCC_None:
-    break;
-  case LangOptions::DCC_CDecl:
-    return CC_C;
-  case LangOptions::DCC_FastCall:
-    if (getTargetInfo().hasFeature("sse2") && !IsVariadic)
-      return CC_X86FastCall;
-    break;
-  case LangOptions::DCC_StdCall:
-    if (!IsVariadic)
-      return CC_X86StdCall;
-    break;
-  case LangOptions::DCC_VectorCall:
-    // __vectorcall cannot be applied to variadic functions.
-    if (!IsVariadic)
-      return CC_X86VectorCall;
-    break;
-  case LangOptions::DCC_RegCall:
-    // __regcall cannot be applied to variadic functions.
-    if (!IsVariadic)
-      return CC_X86RegCall;
-    break;
-  }
-  return Target->getDefaultCallingConv(TargetInfo::CCMT_Unknown);
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
-  // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
-  return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
-}
-
-VTableContextBase *ASTContext::getVTableContext() {
-  if (!VTContext.get()) {
-    if (Target->getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
-      VTContext.reset(new MicrosoftVTableContext(*this));
-    else
-      VTContext.reset(new ItaniumVTableContext(*this));
-  }
-  return VTContext.get();
-}
-
-MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
-  switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) {
-  case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
-  case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
-  case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
-  case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS:
-  case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
-  case TargetCXXABI::iOS64:
-  case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly:
-  case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS:
-    return ItaniumMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics());
-  case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
-    return MicrosoftMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics());
-  }
-  llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
-}
-
-CXXABI::~CXXABI() = default;
-
-size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
-  return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(TemplateOrInstantiation) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) +
-         llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
-}
-
-/// getIntTypeForBitwidth -
-/// sets integer QualTy according to specified details:
-/// bitwidth, signed/unsigned.
-/// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types.
-QualType ASTContext::getIntTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth,
-                                           unsigned Signed) const {
-  TargetInfo::IntType Ty = getTargetInfo().getIntTypeByWidth(DestWidth, Signed);
-  CanQualType QualTy = getFromTargetType(Ty);
-  if (!QualTy && DestWidth == 128)
-    return Signed ? Int128Ty : UnsignedInt128Ty;
-  return QualTy;
-}
-
-/// getRealTypeForBitwidth -
-/// sets floating point QualTy according to specified bitwidth.
-/// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types.
-QualType ASTContext::getRealTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth) const {
-  TargetInfo::RealType Ty = getTargetInfo().getRealTypeByWidth(DestWidth);
-  switch (Ty) {
-  case TargetInfo::Float:
-    return FloatTy;
-  case TargetInfo::Double:
-    return DoubleTy;
-  case TargetInfo::LongDouble:
-    return LongDoubleTy;
-  case TargetInfo::Float128:
-    return Float128Ty;
-  case TargetInfo::NoFloat:
-    return {};
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::RealType value");
-}
-
-void ASTContext::setManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Number) {
-  if (Number > 1)
-    MangleNumbers[ND] = Number;
-}
-
-unsigned ASTContext::getManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
-  auto I = MangleNumbers.find(ND);
-  return I != MangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1;
-}
-
-void ASTContext::setStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD, unsigned Number) {
-  if (Number > 1)
-    StaticLocalNumbers[VD] = Number;
-}
-
-unsigned ASTContext::getStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD) const {
-  auto I = StaticLocalNumbers.find(VD);
-  return I != StaticLocalNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1;
-}
-
-MangleNumberingContext &
-ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
-  assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus);  // We don't need mangling numbers for plain C.
-  std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> &MCtx = MangleNumberingContexts[DC];
-  if (!MCtx)
-    MCtx = createMangleNumberingContext();
-  return *MCtx;
-}
-
-std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext>
-ASTContext::createMangleNumberingContext() const {
-  return ABI->createMangleNumberingContext();
-}
-
-const CXXConstructorDecl *
-ASTContext::getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
-  return ABI->getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(
-      cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getFirstDecl()));
-}
-
-void ASTContext::addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
-                                                      CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
-  return ABI->addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(
-      cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getFirstDecl()),
-      cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(CD->getFirstDecl()));
-}
-
-void ASTContext::addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD,
-                                                 TypedefNameDecl *DD) {
-  return ABI->addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD);
-}
-
-TypedefNameDecl *
-ASTContext::getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) {
-  return ABI->getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD);
-}
-
-void ASTContext::addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD,
-                                                DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
-  return ABI->addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD);
-}
-
-DeclaratorDecl *ASTContext::getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) {
-  return ABI->getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD);
-}
-
-void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
-  ParamIndices[D] = index;
-}
-
-unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
-  ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
-  assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
-         "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
-  return I->second;
-}
-
-APValue *
-ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E,
-                                          bool MayCreate) {
-  assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static &&
-         "don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary");
-  if (MayCreate) {
-    APValue *&MTVI = MaterializedTemporaryValues[E];
-    if (!MTVI)
-      MTVI = new (*this) APValue;
-    return MTVI;
-  }
-
-  return MaterializedTemporaryValues.lookup(E);
-}
-
-bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const {
-  const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple();
-  if (!T.isOSDarwin())
-    return false;
-
-  if (!(T.isiOS() && T.isOSVersionLT(7)) &&
-      !(T.isMacOSX() && T.isOSVersionLT(10, 9)))
-    return false;
-
-  QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType();
-  CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy);
-  uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity();
-  CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy);
-  unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity();
-  unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth();
-  return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits);
-}
-
-/// Template specializations to abstract away from pointers and TypeLocs.
-/// @{
-template <typename T>
-static ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const T &Node) {
-  return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node);
-}
-template <>
-ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const TypeLoc &Node) {
-  return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node);
-}
-template <>
-ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode
-createDynTypedNode(const NestedNameSpecifierLoc &Node) {
-  return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node);
-}
-/// @}
-
-/// A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their
-/// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor.
-///
-/// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST
-/// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context)
-/// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers.
-///
-/// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes.
-class ASTContext::ParentMap::ASTVisitor
-    : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ASTVisitor> {
-public:
-  ASTVisitor(ParentMap &Map) : Map(Map) {}
-
-private:
-  friend class RecursiveASTVisitor<ASTVisitor>;
-
-  using VisitorBase = RecursiveASTVisitor<ASTVisitor>;
-
-  bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { return true; }
-
-  bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { return true; }
-
-  template <typename T, typename MapNodeTy, typename BaseTraverseFn,
-            typename MapTy>
-  bool TraverseNode(T Node, MapNodeTy MapNode, BaseTraverseFn BaseTraverse,
-                    MapTy *Parents) {
-    if (!Node)
-      return true;
-    if (ParentStack.size() > 0) {
-      // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, but only
-      // when no memoization data is available for the type.
-      // For example when we visit all subexpressions of template
-      // instantiations; this is suboptimal, but benign: the only way to
-      // visit those is with hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create
-      // new matches.
-      // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash
-      // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions /
-      // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that
-      // do not have pointer identity.
-      auto &NodeOrVector = (*Parents)[MapNode];
-      if (NodeOrVector.isNull()) {
-        if (const auto *D = ParentStack.back().get<Decl>())
-          NodeOrVector = D;
-        else if (const auto *S = ParentStack.back().get<Stmt>())
-          NodeOrVector = S;
-        else
-          NodeOrVector = new ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode(ParentStack.back());
-      } else {
-        if (!NodeOrVector.template is<ParentVector *>()) {
-          auto *Vector = new ParentVector(
-              1, getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(NodeOrVector));
-          delete NodeOrVector
-              .template dyn_cast<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
-          NodeOrVector = Vector;
-        }
-
-        auto *Vector = NodeOrVector.template get<ParentVector *>();
-        // Skip duplicates for types that have memoization data.
-        // We must check that the type has memoization data before calling
-        // std::find() because DynTypedNode::operator== can't compare all
-        // types.
-        bool Found = ParentStack.back().getMemoizationData() &&
-                     std::find(Vector->begin(), Vector->end(),
-                               ParentStack.back()) != Vector->end();
-        if (!Found)
-          Vector->push_back(ParentStack.back());
-      }
-    }
-    ParentStack.push_back(createDynTypedNode(Node));
-    bool Result = BaseTraverse();
-    ParentStack.pop_back();
-    return Result;
-  }
-
-  bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) {
-    return TraverseNode(
-        DeclNode, DeclNode, [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseDecl(DeclNode); },
-        &Map.PointerParents);
-  }
-
-  bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) {
-    return TraverseNode(
-        StmtNode, StmtNode, [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseStmt(StmtNode); },
-        &Map.PointerParents);
-  }
-
-  bool TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLoc TypeLocNode) {
-    return TraverseNode(
-        TypeLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(TypeLocNode),
-        [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLocNode); },
-        &Map.OtherParents);
-  }
-
-  bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLocNode) {
-    return TraverseNode(
-        NNSLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(NNSLocNode),
-        [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSLocNode); },
-        &Map.OtherParents);
-  }
-
-  ParentMap &Map;
-  llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 16> ParentStack;
-};
-
-ASTContext::ParentMap::ParentMap(ASTContext &Ctx) {
-  ASTVisitor(*this).TraverseAST(Ctx);
-}
-
-ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList
-ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) {
-  if (!Parents)
-    // We build the parent map for the traversal scope (usually whole TU), as
-    // hasAncestor can escape any subtree.
-    Parents = llvm::make_unique<ParentMap>(*this);
-  return Parents->getParents(Node);
-}
-
-bool
-ASTContext::ObjCMethodsAreEqual(const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
-                                const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl) {
-  // No point trying to match an unavailable/deprecated mothod.
-  if (MethodDecl->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()
-      || MethodDecl->hasAttr<DeprecatedAttr>())
-    return false;
-  if (MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() !=
-      MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier())
-    return false;
-  if (!hasSameType(MethodDecl->getReturnType(), MethodImpl->getReturnType()))
-    return false;
-
-  if (MethodDecl->param_size() != MethodImpl->param_size())
-    return false;
-
-  for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator IM = MethodImpl->param_begin(),
-       IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = MethodImpl->param_end(),
-       EF = MethodDecl->param_end();
-       IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) {
-    const ParmVarDecl *DeclVar = (*IF);
-    const ParmVarDecl *ImplVar = (*IM);
-    if (ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() != DeclVar->getObjCDeclQualifier())
-      return false;
-    if (!hasSameType(DeclVar->getType(), ImplVar->getType()))
-      return false;
-  }
-
-  return (MethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodImpl->isVariadic());
-}
-
-uint64_t ASTContext::getTargetNullPointerValue(QualType QT) const {
-  LangAS AS;
-  if (QT->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()->isNullPtrType())
-    AS = LangAS::Default;
-  else
-    AS = QT->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
-
-  return getTargetInfo().getNullPointerValue(AS);
-}
-
-unsigned ASTContext::getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS AS) const {
-  if (isTargetAddressSpace(AS))
-    return toTargetAddressSpace(AS);
-  else
-    return (*AddrSpaceMap)[(unsigned)AS];
-}
-
-QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingSaturatedType(QualType Ty) const {
-  assert(Ty->isFixedPointType());
-
-  if (Ty->isSaturatedFixedPointType()) return Ty;
-
-  const auto &BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
-  switch (BT->getKind()) {
-    default:
-      llvm_unreachable("Not a fixed point type!");
-    case BuiltinType::ShortAccum:
-      return SatShortAccumTy;
-    case BuiltinType::Accum:
-      return SatAccumTy;
-    case BuiltinType::LongAccum:
-      return SatLongAccumTy;
-    case BuiltinType::UShortAccum:
-      return SatUnsignedShortAccumTy;
-    case BuiltinType::UAccum:
-      return SatUnsignedAccumTy;
-    case BuiltinType::ULongAccum:
-      return SatUnsignedLongAccumTy;
-    case BuiltinType::ShortFract:
-      return SatShortFractTy;
-    case BuiltinType::Fract:
-      return SatFractTy;
-    case BuiltinType::LongFract:
-      return SatLongFractTy;
-    case BuiltinType::UShortFract:
-      return SatUnsignedShortFractTy;
-    case BuiltinType::UFract:
-      return SatUnsignedFractTy;
-    case BuiltinType::ULongFract:
-      return SatUnsignedLongFractTy;
-  }
-}
-
-LangAS ASTContext::getLangASForBuiltinAddressSpace(unsigned AS) const {
-  if (LangOpts.OpenCL)
-    return getTargetInfo().getOpenCLBuiltinAddressSpace(AS);
-
-  if (LangOpts.CUDA)
-    return getTargetInfo().getCUDABuiltinAddressSpace(AS);
-
-  return getLangASFromTargetAS(AS);
-}
-
-// Explicitly instantiate this in case a Redeclarable<T> is used from a TU that
-// doesn't include ASTContext.h
-template
-clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr<
-    const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::ValueType
-clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr<
-    const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::makeValue(
-        const clang::ASTContext &Ctx, Decl *Value);
-
-unsigned char ASTContext::getFixedPointScale(QualType Ty) const {
-  assert(Ty->isFixedPointType());
-
-  const auto *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
-  const TargetInfo &Target = getTargetInfo();
-  switch (BT->getKind()) {
-    default:
-      llvm_unreachable("Not a fixed point type!");
-    case BuiltinType::ShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum:
-      return Target.getShortAccumScale();
-    case BuiltinType::Accum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatAccum:
-      return Target.getAccumScale();
-    case BuiltinType::LongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum:
-      return Target.getLongAccumScale();
-    case BuiltinType::UShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum:
-      return Target.getUnsignedShortAccumScale();
-    case BuiltinType::UAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUAccum:
-      return Target.getUnsignedAccumScale();
-    case BuiltinType::ULongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum:
-      return Target.getUnsignedLongAccumScale();
-    case BuiltinType::ShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatShortFract:
-      return Target.getShortFractScale();
-    case BuiltinType::Fract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatFract:
-      return Target.getFractScale();
-    case BuiltinType::LongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatLongFract:
-      return Target.getLongFractScale();
-    case BuiltinType::UShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract:
-      return Target.getUnsignedShortFractScale();
-    case BuiltinType::UFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUFract:
-      return Target.getUnsignedFractScale();
-    case BuiltinType::ULongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatULongFract:
-      return Target.getUnsignedLongFractScale();
-  }
-}
-
-unsigned char ASTContext::getFixedPointIBits(QualType Ty) const {
-  assert(Ty->isFixedPointType());
-
-  const auto *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
-  const TargetInfo &Target = getTargetInfo();
-  switch (BT->getKind()) {
-    default:
-      llvm_unreachable("Not a fixed point type!");
-    case BuiltinType::ShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum:
-      return Target.getShortAccumIBits();
-    case BuiltinType::Accum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatAccum:
-      return Target.getAccumIBits();
-    case BuiltinType::LongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum:
-      return Target.getLongAccumIBits();
-    case BuiltinType::UShortAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum:
-      return Target.getUnsignedShortAccumIBits();
-    case BuiltinType::UAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUAccum:
-      return Target.getUnsignedAccumIBits();
-    case BuiltinType::ULongAccum:
-    case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum:
-      return Target.getUnsignedLongAccumIBits();
-    case BuiltinType::ShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::Fract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatFract:
-    case BuiltinType::LongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatLongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::UShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract:
-    case BuiltinType::UFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatUFract:
-    case BuiltinType::ULongFract:
-    case BuiltinType::SatULongFract:
-      return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-FixedPointSemantics ASTContext::getFixedPointSemantics(QualType Ty) const {
-  assert(Ty->isFixedPointType());
-  bool isSigned = Ty->isSignedFixedPointType();
-  return FixedPointSemantics(
-      static_cast<unsigned>(getTypeSize(Ty)), getFixedPointScale(Ty), isSigned,
-      Ty->isSaturatedFixedPointType(),
-      !isSigned && getTargetInfo().doUnsignedFixedPointTypesHavePadding());
-}
-
-APFixedPoint ASTContext::getFixedPointMax(QualType Ty) const {
-  assert(Ty->isFixedPointType());
-  return APFixedPoint::getMax(getFixedPointSemantics(Ty));
-}
-
-APFixedPoint ASTContext::getFixedPointMin(QualType Ty) const {
-  assert(Ty->isFixedPointType());
-  return APFixedPoint::getMin(getFixedPointSemantics(Ty));
-}